: . /¥M

3312,

506 i#r£

bSl-93

*0*

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

%}ovk

w

Library of the

\

Museum of

I

Comparative Zoology

A*

i

i

PROCEEDINGS

Indiana Academy of Science.

1892.

BROOKVILLE, IND.

PROCEEDINGS

Indiana Academy of Science,

1892.

0. P. HAY, I

C. A. WALDO. ^Editors.
.1. M. COULTER, )

A. W. BUTLER,

('. H. EIGENMANN,

;VFV™,!S> [Assistant Editors.

1. M. UNDERWOOD, |
F. M. WEBSTER,

TERRE HAUTE, IND.

Press of Moobe & Langen.

1893.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Officers 1892-93 i

Committees 1892-93 • °

Complete List of Officers '•

Constitution '

By-Laws

List'of Members ' '•'

Spring Meeting . . . ■ • • 1:*

Proceedings of the Winter Meeting, L892 1"'

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Two-Ocean Pass .

The Auxanomeur
Insect Fauna Map

OFFICERS, 1892-93

President,
J. C. ARTHUR.

Vice-Pkesident,
W. A. NO YES.

Secretary,
AMOS W. BUTLER.

ASSISTANT SeCRETA RY,

-STANLEY COULTEK.

tW. W. NORMAN.

Treasurer,

C. A. WALDo.

EX EOUTIVE COMMITTEE,

J. C. Arthur W. A. Noyes, Amos W. Butler,

W. W. Norman, C. A. Waldo. John M. Coulter,

J. P. D.John, T. C. Mendenhall, 0. P. Hay,

D. s. Jordan. .1. I.. Campbell. J. C. Branner.

CURATORS.

Botany John M. Coulter.

Ichthyology Carl. H. Eigenmann.

< (rnithology Amos W. Bctleh.

Herpetology 0. P. Hay.

Entomology E. M. Webster.

Mammalogy E. R. Quick.

Resigned.
tTo fill vacancy.

COMMITTEES, 1892-93.

PROGRAMME.
L. M. Underwood, W. A. Xo\ i>.

MEMBERSHIP.
C. H. Eigenmann, P. S. Baker, I>. T. McDougal.

NOMINATIONS.

0. P. Hay. H. A. Huston, W. P. Shannon.

AUDITING.

P. S. Baker, W. W. Norman.

PLAN FOR PUBLICATION.
Stanley Coulter, L. M. Underwood, A.W.Butler.

STATE LIBRARY.
('. A. Waldo, J. M. Coulter, W. A. Noyes.

LEGISLATION FOR THE RESTRICTION OF WEEDS.
J. C. Arthur, J. M. Coulter, W. H. Evans.

EDITORS.
O. P. Hay, C. A. Waldo, J. M. Coulter.

PRESERVATION OF ABORIGINAL EARTHWORKS NEAR
ANDERSON.

J. M. Coulter, J. P. D. John, 0. J. Crak;,

D. W. Dennis, F. A. Walker.

BIOLOGICAL SURVEY.
L. M. Underwood, A. W. Butler, J. M. Coulter.

DIRECTORS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY.
L. M. Underwood, C. H. Eigenmann, V. E. Maksters.

RELATIONS OF THE ACADEMY To THE STATE.
C. A. Waldo, J. M. Coulter, A. W. Butler.

X

■J.

H

C

a

s

a

o

^

M

44

■*!

x

c3

^

OJ

j»

-

©

<D

£

£

H '

0H

-t

<

~

C

c

O

c

c

O

U

>'

1

ftn

■»3 cS

E-

3a

° s

o.°

£;

QQ

>> .

H

2%

•

<

xi=

u

h

t-'

0)

<B

o>

c

s

3

s

s

!3

<

n

PQ

PQ

PQ

PQ

pq

PQ

PQ

1

£

>

£

>

^

£

£

£

£

X

X

X

o

o

o

o

o

O

O

a

s

a

a

a

a

a

<i

<

<

<i

<

<

<

<!

^

<D

03

c3

a

43

|

5

o

O

2Q

a>

>>

c3

0>
42

a
o

p

o

~

O

H

b

-'

Hs

c

"-T

i~

CO

05

—

CM

,-

r^

t!_

o

_i.

-M

X

g

OS

x

X

CO

CO

X

CONSTITI'TIOX.

Section 1. This Association shall be called the Indiana Academy of
Science.

Sec. 2. The objects of this Academy shall be scientific research and the
diffusion of knowledge concerning the various departments of science.

Sec. 3. Members of this Academy shall consist of three classes, active,
non-resident and honorary. Any person engaged in any department of
scientific work, or in original research in any department of science, shall
be eligible to active membership. Active members may be annual or life
members. Annual members may be elected at any meeting of the Acad-
emy; they shall sign the constitution, pay an admission fee of two dollars,
and thereafter, an annual fee of one dollar. Any person who shall at one
time contribute fifty dollars to the funds of this Academy, maybe elected
a life member of the Academy, free of assessment. Xon-resident mem-
bers may be elected from those who have been active members but who
have removed from the state. Honorary members may be elected on ac-
count of special prominence in science, on the written recommendation of
two members of the Academy. In any case, a three fourths vote of the
members present shall elect to membership. Applications for member,
ship in any of the foregoing classes shall be referred to a committee on ap-
plications for membership, who shall consider such application and re-
port to the Academy before the election.

Sec. 4. The officers of this Academy shall be chosen by ballot at the
annual meeting, and shall hold office one year. They shall consist of a
president, a vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, and treasurer,
who shall perform the duties usually pertaining to their respective offices,
and in addition, with the ex-presidents of the Academy, shall constitute
an executive committee. The president shall, at each annual meeting,
appoint two members to be a committee which shall prepare the pro-
grammes and have charge of the arrangements for all meetings for one
year.

Sec. 5. The annual meeting of this Academy shall be held in the city
of Indianapolis, within the week following Christmas of each year, unless
otherwise ordered by the executive committee. There shall also be a
summer meeting at such time and place as may be decided upon by the

executive committee. Other meetings may be called at the discretion of
the executive committee.

Sec. fr This constitution may be altered or amended at any annual
meeting by a three-fourths majority of attending members of at least one
year's standing. No question of amendment shall be decided on the day
of its presentation.

BY-LAWS.

1. On motion, any special department of science shall be assigned to
a curator, whose duty it shall be, with the assistance of the other mem-
bers interested in the same department, to endeavor to advance a knowl-
edge in that particular department. Each curator shall report at such
time and place an the Academy shall direct. These reports shall include
a brief summary of the progress of the department during the year pre-
ceding the presentation of the report.

2. The president shall deliver a public address on the evening of one of
the days of the meeting at the expiration of his term of office.

:'.. Xo special meeting of the Academy shall be held without a notice
of the same having been sent to the address of each member at least fif-
teen days before such meeting.

4. Xo bill against the Academy shall be paid without an order signed
by the president and countersigned by the secretary.

5. Members who shall allow their dues to remain unpaid for two
years, having been annually notified of their arrearage by the treasurer,
shall have their names stricken from the roll.

6. Ten members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of busi-
ness.

MEMBERS.

HONORARY MEM HER.
I>aniel Kirkwood Riverside. Cai.

NON RESIDENT MEMBERS.

John C. Branner i'alo Alto, Cal.

I). II. Campbell Palo Alto, Cal.

B. W. Evermann Washington, D. ('.

Charles H. Gilbert Palo Alto, Cal.

C. W. Green Palo Alto, Cal.

( . W. Hargitt Syracuse, N. Y.

Edward Hughes Palo Alto, Cal.

0. P. Jenkins Palo Alto, Cal.

David S. Jordan Palo Alto, Cal.

J. S. Kingsley Tufts College, Mass.

Alfred Springer Cincinnati, Ohio.

Robert B. Warder Washington, D. C.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.

J. Alex. Adair Hanover.

J. C. Arthur Lafayette.

Harry E. Bain Iowa City, Iowa.

Philip S. Baker Greencastle.

Timothy H. Ball Crown Point.

George W. Benton Indianapolis.

Alexander Black Greencastle.

Willis S. Blatchley Terre Haute.

Henry L. Bolley Fargo, X. D.

M. A. Brannon Ft. Wayne.

W. V. Brown < irt-encastle.

H. L. Brunei' Irvington.

J. B. Buvris ( Uoverdale.

Amos W. Butler Brookville.

Xoble C. Butler Indianapolis.

•I. L. Campbell Crawfordsville.

10

J. T. Campbell Rockville.

J. Fred Clearwater? Greencastle.

John M. Coulter Lake Forest, 111.

Stanley Coulter Lafayette.

U. ( ). Cox Mankato. Minn.

M. E. Crowell Indianapolis.

WillCumbatk Greensburg.

George L. Curtiss Greencastle.

F». M. Davis Irvington.

D.W.Dennis • • Richmond.

Chas. E. Dryer Terre Haute.

Joseph Eastman Indianapolis.

H. T. Eddy Terre Haute.

Carl 11. Eigenmann F.loomington.

E. S. Elder Indianapolis.

Samuel G. Evans Evansville.

E. M. Fisher Fake Forest, 111.

Wilbur A. Fisk Richmond.

.1. .1. Flather Lafayette.

Robert G. (i ilium Terre Haute.

U. F. Glick Xewbern.

Katherine E. Golden Lafayette.

Michael Golden Lafayette.

C. F. Goodwin Brookville.

S. S. Gorby Indianapolis.

W. F. M. Goss Lafayette.

Vernon Gould Rochester.

Thomas (iray Terre Haute.

Edwin Stanton Hallett Corydon.

A. s. Hathaway Terre Haute.

O. P. Hay Chicago. 111.

Wm. Perry Hay Irvington.

Franklin W. Hayes Indianapolis.

Robert Hessler Indianapolis.

W. A. Hester Evansville.

T. H. Hibben Indianapolis.

<ieo. C. Hubbar.l Moore's Hill.

.1. W. Hubbard Bloomington.

11

H. A. Huston Lafayette.

Thomas M. Iden Irvington.

Alex. Jameson Indianapolis.

A. E. Jessup CarmeL

J. P. D.John Greencastle.

Sylvester Johnson Irvington.

W. B. Johnson Franklin.

J.G. Kingsbury Irvington.

W. H. Kirchner. Terre Haute.

Daniel Layman Indianapolis.

W. S. Lemen Indianapolis.

Robert E. Lyons Bloomington.

Herbert W. McBride Chicago, 111.

Robert Wesley McBride Indianapolis.

D. T. McDougal Minneapolis, Minn.

F. M. McFarland Pal° Alto> CaL

J. W. Marsee Indianapolis.

Vernon F. Marsters Bloomington.

C. Leo Mees Terre Haute"

T. C. Mendenhall Washington, D. C,

Joseph Moore ■ ■ ■ Richmond.

Warren K. Moorehead Xenia. Ohio.

David M. Mottier Bloomington.

J.RNaylor Greencastle.

Charles E. Newlin Indianapolis.

W W.Norman Greencastle.

W. A. Xoyes Terre Haute"

J. H. Oliver Indianapolis.

D. A. Owen .Franklin.

Wallace C. Palmer Columbia City.

Alfred E.' Phillips Lafayette.

Elwood Pleas Dunrieth.

E. R. Quick Brookville.

Ryland Ratliff Fairmount.

Thomas B. Redding . '. Sew Castle"

D. C. Ridgley *orth Manchester.

Herman B.Ritter Indianapolis.

Ueorge L. Roberts Greensburg.

12

L. J. Rettger Terre Haute.

John F. Schnaible Lafayette.

J. T. Scovell Terre Haute.

0. I'.. Schafer Huntington.

W. 1'. Shannon Greensburg.

G. W. Sloan Indianapolis.

Alexander Smith Crawfordsville.

W. J. Spillman Monmouth, Ore.

Sidney T. Sterling Camden.

M. C. Stevens Lafayette.

Winthrop E. Stone Lafayette.

A. E. Swann . . .% Indianapolis.

Frank B. Taylor Ft. Wayne.

Erastus Test Lafayette.

F. C. Test Washington. D. C.

Mason B. Thomas Crawfordsville.

Wm. M. Thrasher Irvington.

A. L. Treadwell Oxford, Ohio.

Joseph H. Tudor Baltimore, Md.

E. B. Uline Lake Forest, 111.

A. B. Llrey Bloomington.

L. M. Inderwood Greencastle.

T. C. Van Nuys Bloomington.

C. A. Waldo Greencastle.

F. A. Walker Anderson.

F. M. Webster . . Wooster, < )hio.

M. W. Wells Indianapolis.

J. R. Wiest Richmond.

H. W. Wiley Washington. D. C.

William S. Wood Seymour.

A. J. Woolman Duluth, Minn.

A. Harvey Young Hanover.

Honorary member 1

Non-resident members 12

Active members 121

Total 1.'.4

SPUING MEETING

The spring meeting of the Academy was held at Terre Haute, Ind., May
17, IS and 19, 1893.

The meeting was called to order by Vice President Noyes, at 3 o'clock
p.m., May 17, in the chemical lecture room of Eose Polytechnic Institute.

J. M. Coulter, W. W. Norman and J. T. Scovell were appointed Mem-
bership Committee.

L. M. Underwood presented a report from the committee on State Bio-
logical Survey, of which he is chairman. The 'chairman was instructed
to appoint two other members to serve on the committee with him and
to present plans at this meeting for carrying on the work.

Acting president Noyes announced an excursion for the next day, leaving
the Terre Haute House early in the morning, crossing the river, thence to
Durkee's Ferry, returning to Terre Haute in time for supper.

In the evening the Academy met in the Normal school. President Ar-
thur presided.

Dr. T. C. Mendenhall spoke of "The Summit of the Continent." Dr. J.
M. Coulter spoke on " Forestry."

Later in the evening another meeting was held at the Terre Haute House.
Prof. Underwood announced he had requested to serve with him on the
committee on Biological Survey, J. M. Coulter and A. W. Butler.

The members then discussed the question of the relation the Academy
should sustain to the State.

C. A. Waldo, J. M. Coulter and A. W. Butler were appointed a commit-
tee to consider this.

The resignation of Prof. Stanley Coulter, as assistant secretary, was
accepted.

A meeting of the Academy was held on the evening of May 18th, at the
same place.

The committee on Biological Survey announced that for the present

three directors, one representing Botany, one Zoology and one Paleon-
tology be appointed. The recommendation was approved. L. M. Under-
wood, C. H. Eigenmann and V. F. Marsters were appointed such committee.

Instructions were given the Programme Committee regarding arrange-
ments for the winter meeting.

W. W. Norman was elected assistant secretary.

The day was spent along the west side of the Wabash river, above Terre
Haute, and was greatly enjoyed. Some of the members continued their
investigations the following day.

WINTER MEETING.
Indianapolis, Dec 28, 29, 1892.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

Thk Interdependence of Liberal Pursuits.
J. L. Campbell, Ckawfokdsyii.li:.

The crowning group in stone for the new library building in Indianapo-
lis, by Richard W. Bock, of Chicago, is composed of three figures, repre-
senting Literature, Science and Art.

The central figure, sixteen feet in height, represents Science, holding in
his right hand stretched upward the torch of enlightenment, and in his
left a palm, the reward of victory.

In a sitting posture to the right a female figure represents Literature.
She holds a book in the left hand resting on the knee, and with uplifted
pen in the right hand she is presented at the inspired moment— write.

The third figure, representing Art, is also a woman. She holds a draw-
ing board upon which she is about to produce a design.

This group suggests the topic for discussion, and the subject may be en-
titled the Interdependence of the Liberal Pursuits, or in the spirit of the
times, the need of an intellectual trust, whereby the interests of science,
literature and art may be better cared for, and under its fostering care
there may be developed higher, art, purer literature and nobler science.

The group in stone is a unit, and my plea will be for the unity of these
liberal pursuits.

The distinguishing characteristic of our day is devotion to specialties,
and this devotion has made us strangers to each other.

A critical examination of the productions in the various departments of
literature and science will disclose many defects, which may be traced
chiefly to the want of interchange of thought.

The scientific treatises often are defective in style and expression, and
the literary works frequently are laughably absurd in their scientific by-
plays.

The scientific man waves aside with contempt the latest novel, and the
novelist returns the compliment by pitying the devotion of the discoverer
of an unclassified bug or a fresh compound.

A more generous fellowship is needed for mutual benefit.

n;

This criticism is not intended to be censorious nor unjust ; neither is it
directed against earnest work in specialties. There can be no valuable
results except by loving and exclusive efforts along chosen lines.

It is not asked that the chemist by his compounds should seek for poetry
in his crucible: nor that the biologist with his dissecting tools create the
life which his search destroys, much less reproduce the higher life of
thought, of passion, and of hope, which breathe in the works of the dram-
atist and in the pages of the writer of fiction.

But outside of our laboratories of books and blowpipes, in our hours of
ease, if you please, may not profitable relaxation be found in a better ac-
quaintance with our neighbors.

The poet takes his walks alone that his communion with nature may
not be disturbed, but it is possible that he might find valuable assistance
in his translation of the "books in brooks" in the "drawing rooms" of
the hydraulic engineer.

The geologist no less than the poet may find "sermons in stones," and
each may be benefited by contact with the other.

Is it not possible to secure better results by the union of science and
literature than are now gotten by their separation and their too narrow
circle of fellowship ?

Listen to this wail from the Editor's Study in Harper's Magazine for
September, 1892. and tell us what does it portend?

" Books are being replaced by newspapers and periodicals. A book
shop used to be an intelligent center where readers met not only to keep
the run of the thought of the world, but to exchange ideas about it. Few
are so now. Book stalls have become shops of notions, of stationery, of
newspapers, of artists' materials, of various brie a brae, with an only occa-
sional real book that has attained exceptional notoriety.

"It is no longer profitable to keep a stock of general literature, and
many of the brightest and best trained minds now are giving their entire
time and energy to the daily and weekly press.

" In its swelling bulk the daily newspaper has become a magazine, and
the magazine in a generation that must run as it reads takes the place of
the book."

From the scientific side of book making also comes remarkable confes-
sions of weakness. From the testimony of the writers themselves the
books of yesterday already have been consigned to the top shelf, where
indeed moth and dust do corrupt, but where thieves do not break through

17

to steal, while the books of to-day will be in the waste basket to-morrow.
True, the language used is somewhat different from the above, but the
meaning is essentially the same.

The claim is that so rapid are the advances in science that the text book
of yesterday is antiquated, or in their illiterate lingo, "not up to the
times," and so the butterfly products sport only their brief day and die.

Is it a necessity that books shall have this ephemeral existence? 3s
this a love that must so soon grow cold ; a youth that without years must
be old; a life that almost begins with death ?

" I paint for immortality " was the inspired utterance of the greatest of
artists, and is there to be no second Shakespeare whose writings will be
immortal? Is there not an unentered field of research where we may
discover the hidden qualities of the few books which endure?

With the confession of weakness and partial failure comes the question
of possible increase of strength and more complete success. If there is a
balm in Gilead let us seek for it, and if there is a physician anywhere who
can cure let us search for him.

And for this purpose let us call a congress of all parties interested for
mutual counsel, and, if found practicable, for mutual aid.

If the weakness is real in all departments of thought, and is discovered
in all varieties of thought products, let the invitation to this congress of
thinkers be general ; let the workmen come from every separate shop to
the great council chamber; the representatives of art, literature and
science of every kind to the symposium of mind.

In this assembly let the historian and the physicist sit together ; the
biologist and the biographer; the poet and the chemist ; the botanist and
the linguist. Let the mathematician take counsel with the song writer,
and the astronomer and the wanderer in the shoreless realms of fiction
discuss the things common to both.

Then the new companionship would beget new inspiration ; a better fel-
lowship would lead to a broader culture; " know thyself " would yield to the
more generous " know each other," and a fuller answer would be given to
the greatest question, " how can men best fulfill their allotted destiny? "

With this liberal view of Intellectual fellowship necessarily would come
more liberal methods in the preparatory as well as in the wage earning
period of life.

It is not the purpose of this lecture to enter upon the much discussed
and never to be settled questions relating to the studies to be selected and

18

the methods to be pursued in the undergraduate part of preparatory
training.

Without dispute broad general culture is the point and the essential
requirement.

The deep foundations must be of stone, whatever is to be the super-
structure.

My earnest plea is for more room in the elementary period for training
in the branches which are extra, or rather pre-professional, and which
must be mastered before any one can lay claim to a liberal education.

If we were permitted to interpret Shakespeare's seven stages of life, his
third would conclude with the undergraduate course, while the fourth,
who enters as the " lover sighing like furnace with a woful ballad made
to his mistress' eyebrow,'' would mean that devotion to professional study
which is more than that of the lover and an attention more exacting than
that of the most jealous mistress.

In the preparation for professional life no exclusiveness can be too ex-
elusive, no labor or painstaking within the severest limits can be too ex-
acting.

All that the most ardent advocate for specialties is accepted, and if pre-
sented to our great congress of thinkers would be unanimously adopted.

This is the time in life when the student should be lost to the world,
. when the claims of social life may be ignored, when culture even may be
suspended in the eager search for facts.

If the chosen profession be science, the laboratory should be alike shop
and parlor; if literature, to quote again from the Editor's Study, books
only, " those unfailing faithful companions which stand mute and waiting
on the shelves, in whose hearts are preserved the thought, the aspiration,
the despair, the love, the heroism, the emotion, the tragedy, the immor-
tal beauty, the bewitching loveliness of the ages.''

So oblivious to outer things should be the professional student, that a
casual glance at the daily newspaper could scarcely be allowed to keep
him informed whether or not he himself has not died.

The usual commencement benediction welcomes the graduate to the
great world of letters, but this welcome should be to the retirement and
not to the activities of this realm of thought, and the interpretation should
be that he has studied to be somebody, now let him learn to do some-
thing. A Paul even found it necessary to retire three years into Arabia

19

for this preparation for the work of directing religious thought tor all
after ages.

The generous, or rather general qualities of mind and heart, which nec-
essarily have been but little called into activity during the years of pro-
fessional study, are likely never to be revived, and so the years of active
professional life usually are passed within the narrow limits of single pro-
fessions. Lawyers prefer lawyers, and chemists, chemists. Doctors care
only to talk with doctors, and preachers prefer to confine their attentions
to the cloth. In the literary professions there is even more exclusiveness,
for nothing is so dull and unattractive to writers of this class as the fields
of science. Dynamite is greatly preferred by them for the intruder who
would try to discuss a dynamo.

The cure for all this is better fellowship.

The Academy of Science purposes at the present session to cultivate
this liberalizing of different pursuits within the range of the general pur-
pose of the association. Instead of carrying out our programme by sec-
tions as heretofore, our desire is that the members may become interested
in the work of others than those in the same specialty. The biologist
must listen to the physicist, the chemist to the geologist, the archaologist
to the botanist, each for the time being esteeming the work of another
better than his own. Thus within the limits of the sciences we are try-
ing the interchange of thought for the better developing of thinking.

If this experiment prove* successful may we not hope for a wider asso-
ciation of thinkers in some new organization, which will include all lib-
eral pursuits?

The pleasant duty remains to me to extend fraternal greetings to the
members of the Indiana Academy of Science.

This Academy is yet young in years, but the success already attained
and the recognition secured among associations of kindred character are
most gratifying to those of us who have been active members from the
beginning. The new names added to our list year by year give cheering
assurance of a prosperous future.

We meet this year in the closing days of an epoch of four hundred years
of the world's history, dating from the birth of a hemisphere, and from
this holiday ending of the old extend our happy new era greeting to the
centuries to come.

Next year we will celebrate this fourth century date at the marble city

20

by the lake. The international exposition of 1893 will epitomize in ma-
terial form the progress of the world for the centuries, and to no Mecca
can the devotee of science turn with more reverent steps.

The interdependence of the liberal pursuits there will have practical
illustrations of the most instructive character. The best thought of the
centuries will be realized on canvass, in marble, in bronze, in exquisite
fabrics, in jewels and ornaments of silver and gold, in the whirr of ma-
chinery and the flashes of electricity.

There may we study things, and there may we in profitable intercourse
meet men. This will be the academy of science of the world.

PAPERS READ.

< K Till: CONSTRUCTION OF A SENSITIVE GALVANOMETER. I'>V BeN.I. W. S>

Tests oi the torsional strength of \ steel shaft. By Thos. Gray.

Analytk \l, and quaternon treatments op the problem of sun \\i> planet.
By A. S. Hathaway .

introduction.
The object of the paper is to show the greater simplicity of quaternions
over analytics. For the purpose of comparison, the most condensed
analytical treatment possible is adopted. This turns out to be precisely
analagous to the quaternion treatment. Three equations, such as m a=a',
m b=b/, m c=c' are written m (a, b, c)=(a', b', c'i. By multiplying
these equations by (x, y, z) is understood the result of multiplying
the first by x, the second by y. the third by z, and adding, giving
m (a x+b y+c z)=(a/ x-fb' y— c' z). This corresponds to scalar multi-
plication in quaternions. By forming corresponding determinants with

21

x. y. z, is understood the set of equations m

a b c

a'b'c'

x y / x y z

or, in full

-b' x). This

m 1) / — c y. c x a z, a y — b x)=(b' z — c' y, c' x— a' /., a' y-
corresponds to vector multiplication in quaternions.

The analytical methods thus perfected are, in fact, a sort of degraded
and cumbersome quaternion notation in which (a, b, c) stand for
ai 1) j-fc k, etc. It involves the necessity of thinking by steps parallel
to the axes, and when results are obtained it involves the fitting together
of the various steps in order to see what is the actual state of affairs in
space. To do this requires considerable practice and grasp of technique,
all of which is avoided in quaternions. For example, equations (S) were
unnecessary in quaternions, the results desired being sufficiently evident
from (7): while even after (8) is derived the technique of equations of the
first degree must be at command before the results stated can be seen
in the analytical method. The letters mls m_, in (9) and on are not the
masses of ' 1) . . . (5).

eolations up motion.

id'x, d" y, d2 zx \ m, mv
(1) m. ! 3TT> xiri-xir ! p-"(x,y,z) mt (

dV,

d t ' d t ' ' d f2 j

(2) m., C — J- ^- — Z= 1 -m' m

(x; y, z)

I d r - d t2 d t" I
where (x, y, z)=(x2 — x,, y, — y,, z, — z, ) where/3

and r x y / •' >'

Adding (1), (2), also dividing out common m's and subtract-
ing, putting M=mj -J- m, , we have :

TV
d2/°2 _-m1m.

(3) ( m

d2 X!

d2xr2
dt2

1 ,,UU" mi^ + m^

I

d'x d'y d2 z

d V ' d t J ' d t2

M

(x, y.z)

dt2

M

EQt'ATIONS OK MOlIo.v INTEGRATED.

Integrating ( 3) twice, we have :
(5) (m, x,-:-m, x,, ....... )== m, ,v m.,-.

i at b, a' t—b', a" t b" I

a t - ,-.

Hence, the center of gravity moves in a straight line with uni-
form speed, viz:

In the direction a: a': a" with speed: \/

Form corresponding products of (4)

'(dxdydz)
and | , ■-. —, , " • , --- | add and integrate.

(6)

H

[ d x

dt

I dt

■1.

J

M

(a'-+a/2H a"J) :im, m2).

In the direction '/.,
with speed: T « : M.

Multiply (4) by /°
and scalar-integrate :

x ,df__M M

2 T d t rj 2 a

This is the equation of energy. It shows that the speed of a
planet increases when its distance from the sun decreases, and
■eke versa. Also, since M=m! + m2 is sensibly the same for all
planets, therefore the speed of a planet depends only on its dis-
tance from the sun and a constant. 2 a. of its orbit (later shown
to be its major axis).

Forming corresponding determinants
of (4) with fx. y, z) and integrating:
x y z
d x d v d z i i i \

■' ,itd t . -dt- = ■••''.'■■w

where P ];-[ lv -1 and c is positive.

Multiplying corresponding terms by
I x. y, z), and adding, we find:

f 1 x-| lj y-j I, z- •» ; similarly,

(8) i if i, •;>■ i.''z' = i..

t d t 'dt dt

Multiplying (4) by
/° and integrating the
vector part :

where i c / =c.

Taking the scalar pro-
duct by r we find
S i- f 0; similarly

dt

0.

Equation ( 7 ) shows the rate of description of double areas by
the radius vector from sun to planet to be constant ( = c) and
that its motion is in a plane perpendicular to ( 1:L.:12) =*. The
direction of this axis is such that an ordinary screw, when made
to advance along it, will rotate- in the direction of the description
of areas.

Taking the second member of ( 7) with
the first member of (4) and vice versa, and
forming corresponding determinants and
integrating, we have

II 1 li 1,
9)c dj^^djL Al

I! d t d t d t

M

- 'x, y, z)

f (m, mi, nx,)

where m2-fmi+m2=l and f is positive.

Multiplying (9) by (1, ll3 1,) and adding,
we have 1 m+li nii+L m2=0, or (m, m1;
m2) is in the plane of motion.

Take (11,11,, 110=1^^^11 forming

the direction cosines of a third axis per-
pendicular to the two already found.

Form with (1, L, 1,) and (9) correspond-
ing determinants, and we have :

10) c r dx dv dz '

d t d t d t

M || ] 1, 1,

r iky /,

f i n. n,, n, )

Multiplying the sec-
ond member of (7)
into the first member
of 1 4) and via versa
and integrating, we
have:

. d/° M s ,
CXdt = r ''~f/t
where T f />-=£

Taking the scalar-
product by /., we find
S /. [i = 0, or ,". is in the
plane of motion.

Take v=X :>■ forming
the rectangular unit
vectors /, ,«, v..

Multiply (9) by X and
we have :

dt

M

f >

This is the hodograph. It is a

radius — and center
c

(n, n,, n,)

circle [remembering (8)] of

f
= — >. The radius of this

c

hodograph is one right angle in advance of the radius vector of
the planet to which it corresponds.

Transposing the f terms of (9) to the first member, squaring,
and using (6), we have:
c2 M

11 )

f* = Ms or a = cJM | (M2 — f1).

Multiplying (9) into (x, y, z) we have, Multiplying (9) into
by adding : /° and taking scalars :

( 12) c'— M r=f ( m x-fm, y+m, z ). cJ -Mj^-fS /<- Is

24

This, remembering (8), is the equation of the orbit. It is a

conic whose focus is the sun, and axis is (m, m1; m2) =:>.. The

f c2

eccentricity is e = .y ,tthe semi-parameter, p = — . Hence.

the semi-major axis is c1 M j ( M2— f -), or a by (11). The center is

— a e (m, m„ m,) = — a e ,«. We may put the orbit, therefore,

in the form :

?= — a e <>~r<>. a cos E+> b sin E. e<l.

is= — a e />.+/'• a cosh E-j-v b sinh E. e>l.

This substituted in (7) and integrated gives Kepler's equation

Q

E — e sin E = — r (t — t, ) e<l.

,,0, a b

(13)

E — e sinh E = -^- (t — t„) e>l.

ab

For analytical treatment see Dr. Dzisbek's Theories of Planetary
Motion, pp. 1-13.

Notes concerning tests of the l'i rdue exi'ebimental rx)COMOTivE. By
Wm. F. M. Goss.

The Purdue experimental Locomotive Plant was installed early in the
present year. It has been fully described in a paper read before the Amer-
ican Society of Mechanical Engineers at its San Francisco meeting, and a
brief reference to the plan of mounting must serve the present purpose.

The driving wheels of the locomotive rest upon other wheels which are
carried by shafts running in fixed bearings. When, as in the process of
running, the drivers turn, their supporting wheels are driven by rolling
contact. The locomotive as a whole instead of moving forward, remains
at rest while the track, that is, the periphery of the supporting wheels,
moves rearward. The locomotive draw-bar is connected with a series of
scale-beams which constitute a traction dynamometer. Friction brakes
on the shafts of the supporting wheels, interpose a resistance to the turn-
ing of the latter and, by so doing, supply a load for the locomotive. The
whole arrangement is such that while the locomotive is fired in the usual
way, it may be run under any load an<l at any speed, the conditions being
similar to those of the track.

In the spring and early summer of the present year nearly a dozen runs
were made. All were of a preliminary nature, the whole apparatus being
entirely new, and the attendents unskilled in the management of the com-
plicated mounting machinery.

At the beginning of the present school year the work was taken up anew.
The object of the present work is. in general, to determine the perform-
ance of the engine under conditions varying, first, as to cut- off and, sec-
ondly, as to speed. To this end, five series of six-tests each have been
arranged, all to be run under a constant pulling load of 2500 pounds. This
constancy of load makes the mean effective pressure practically constant
for all tests, and the power developed dependent upon the speed. The
load lacks but little of being ecpuivalent to 10 horse-power for each mile
per hour of speed.

All of the tests of the same series are run at the same speed, but each
test varies from the others of the series by a change in cut-oft'. The second
series differs from the first, and the third from the second, and so on, only
in a change of speed. The first series at 15 miles per hour, and the second
at 25 miles per hour, have already been run, and, in carrying them on, all
conditions were as perfectly maintained as could be desired. The remain-
ing series will be at 35, 45, and 55 miles per hour respectively. Every test
is complete in itself. The observed data include speed, drawbar stress,
coal and water consumption, calorimeter determination, draft and tem-
perature in smoke-box, and cylinder performance as obtained by the use
of four indicators. All tests are of three hours duration and are run with-
out intermediate stops or change of speed. A comparison of results, first
of the tests of each series, and secondly, of tests of the same cut-offin the
different series, cannot fail to furnish an analysis of the performance of
the locomotive which will be far more complete than anything hitherto
attempted.

The electrostatic theory of cohesion and Van der Waal's equatk
By Reginald A. Fessexdex.

Quartz suspensions. By Benj. W. Snow.

A THERMO- REGULATOR TOR ROOMS HEATED I« STEAM. By J. C. ARTHUR.

26

Experiments with and phenomena of vacuum tubes. By R. A. Fessenden.

The electro-magnetic inertia of a large magnet, By Thos. Gray

Some new electrical apparatus. By R. A. Fessexdex.

<)x the construction and use of a bolometer. By B. W. Snow

Rotary blowers. By John T. Wi

An inquiry as to the cause of variety in rock deposits us seen in Hudson

RIVER BEDS AT RICHMOND, InIi. I!y JOSEPH MOORE.

Take a depth of our bed rock at this place of, say fifty feet, along the
river channel. The variations in the lithological character of the numer-
ous sharply defined layers is very marked and very many times repeated;
not more so, however, than in hundreds of other localities throughout the
country at the same or at other horizons. Here the well solidified por-
tions are thick-bedded (the layers say a foot thick) while not far below or
above they are thin, say one or two inches. These consolidated layers
vary in texture and composition, some of them being nearly pure lime-
stone and sufficiently crystalline to take a fair polish. < >thers are masses
mainly of brachiopods, often well preserved and matted together with
clay or with lime and iron from a state of solution. Others still are shoals
of commingled sand, clay and lime and almost destitute of fossils. Then
there are the intercalated beds of clay with sufficient calcium carbonate
to effervesce with acids for a little while, but leaving their principal bulk
when the solvent has done what it can. These beds of finest grained clay
vary in thickness from a very few feet to a few inches and even to the
thickness of ordinary paper. Often these clay deposits are entirely desti-
tute of fossils and again they are the hope of the hunter of trilobites and
a few other form that may be found therein. All these features are fa-
miliar to the observer in various localities.

But the commonness of the phenomena does not make their causes the
less desirable to seek. It can hardly be supposed that the ocean varied in

depth so many hundred times as would be necessary to produce all the
variations to be read in a thickness of five hundred feet. Pure limestones
are made in the deeper waters and fine argillaceous sediments may settle
in the deeper or the shallower places.

But there appears to be ample reasons for believing that the sea in which
the Hudson River rocks of Indiana and Ohio were deposited had its shore
line far away, or in other words, said localities were near the middle of a
continental ocean.

How then can we account for such well defined successions of mechan-
ical deposits for so long a period of time? How could these sediments
get so far from shore and how could they recur so sharply bounded as
they are from the purer limestone and other consolidated ledges? How
came it about that there were such numerous alternations of life and death
epochs- in the same fifty, or five hundred feet? The answer to these ques-
tions may be very easy to some geologists. We have not, however, seen
them satisfactorily answered. Their solution, whatever it is, will be the
opening of a door to other secrets.

The traps of Redhead, N. B. By V. F. Marsters.

Exhibition and explanation o\- a geological chart. By Eiavood P. Cub

BERLY.

Glacial and preglacial erosion in vicinity ok Richmond, Ind. By Joseph
Moore.
Richmond is on Drift, underlaid by upper layers of Lower Silurian
known as rocks of the Hudson River Group. These rocks being of the
earlier time have been above the sea for ages. Consequently there was
plenty of time for them to be much eroded. I shall not in this brief pa-
per specify all the well-marked features of erosion but will allude to a
few special examples. There is a buried river channel a few rods west oi
the present channel of Whitewater. This was reported nearly fifty years
ago by Dr. Plummer, of Richmond, but it was not then so well known in
its extent and direction as it has since become by means of wells, tile
layers and ditches for water and gas mains. Said buried channel is about
seventy feet wide where crossed by the national road and its walls are verv

28

nearly vertical. In general direction it lies nearly north an. I south, ap-
proximately parallel to the present channel and is of unknown depth. It
is filled with sand, gravel, clay and bowlders, with remains of leaves and
sticks here and there. It is believed to have been rather a new channel
when filled since the upper edges of its vertical walls were not worn down
and rounded. It may have been, and probably this part of it was, eroded
during an interglacial period. There is a much narrower channel at a
shorter distance on the east side of the present river channel as exposed
by the deepening of Main street leading westward from town.

A feature little, if at all, reported in Indiana, so far as the writer has
observed, is that of great " pot holes " or " glacial jugs " or " giant kettles."

A few years since Mr. Starr, the proprietor of the gas works, called me
over to see one of these where he was excavating in the solid rock for a
very large cistern.

In one of the walls was a section of the "jug." It was some ten feet in
diameter and about the same depth was exposed, though it extended deep-
er than the cistern. It was filled with clean sand and gravel beautifully
assorted and stratified and near the lowest part exposed were bowlders
two feet in diameter finely smoothed and rounded. The walls of this pot
hole, which was much the shape of a great jus-, wrere as smooth and pol-
ished inside as if the sand and gravel, with the pouring in of a torrent,
had been on the whirl for a century. A few years later and about twelve
rods from the same place, the city, while cutting into the south wall of
Main street near the present river channel in order to widen and straighten
the street, struck another jug. This last one was more funnel shaped, but
had its sand worn bowlders and smooth sides as in the first.

Though not at the southern limit of glaciers in Indiana we are in the
line of a terminal morain as indicated by bowlders and till. These pot-
holes may be the result of the glacier having been stationary or nearly so
for a length of time.

As a further phenomenon, lately the matter brought to light by a recent
railroad cut, and somewhat in the same connection, may be mentioned a
line of masses of Clinton limestone which some have supposed to be out-
liers in situ. These are about two miles southwest from the central part
of Richmond and within five minutes walk of Earlham college.

Eecent facts seem to indicate that these masses, jutting out here and
there for more than three hundred yards, instead of being outliers and in
their original place, are really masses of rock moved on for miles by the

glacier. (It is but a few miles north to where Hudson River rock dips
under upper silurian.) Evidences that they are masses of Drift are found
in the irregular way in which the rocks lie at all angles, and in the fact
that where the lower rock is exposed in the cut the under side is glaciated
as if by moving over other rocks.

Relation of Kings county traps to those <>i Cumberland county, N. S.
By V. F. Marsters.

An account of vegetable and mineral substances that fell in a snow
storm in LaPorte county, Jan. 8-9, '92. By A. X. Somers.

Some points in the geology of Mt. Orizaba. By J. T. Scovell,

British Columbia glaciers. By C. H. Eigenmann.
An account was given of the ascent of "The Glacier" in the Sel kirks
in British Columbia. A number of photographs were shown of the foot
of the glacier.

Two-ocean pass. By Barton W. Evermann.
[ Abstract.]
It was probably in Pliocene times that the great lava-flow occurred in
the region now known as the Yellowstone National Park, which covered
hundreds of square miles of a large mountain valley with a vast sheet of
rhyolite hundreds, perhaps in places, thousands of feet thick. It is certain
that such streams and lakes as may have exis'ed there were wiped out of
existence, and all terrestrial and aquatic life destroyed. It must have
been many long years before this lava became sufficiently cooled to permit
the formation of new streams ; but a time finally came when the rains,

31

falling upon the gradually cooling rock, were no longer converted into
steam and thrown back into the air, only to condense and fall again, but
being able to remain in liquid form upon the rock, sought lower levels,
and thus new streams began to flow. The rhyolite, obsidian, and trachyte
were very hard and eroded slowly, but when the streams reached the edge
of the lava-held they encountered rock which was comparatively soft and
which wore away rapidly. The result is that every stream leaving the
Yellowstone Park has one or more great waterfalls in its course where it
leaves the lava-sheet. Notably among these streams are Lewis River, the
outlet of Lewis and Shoshone lakes, Yellowstone River, the outlet of
Yellowstone Lake, Gardiner, Gibbon, and Firehole rivers, and Lava,
Lupin, Glen, Crawfish, Tower and Cascade creeks, all leaving the lava-
sheet in beautiful falls, varying from 30 feet to over 300 feet in vertical
descent. With scarcely an exception, all these streams and lakes are of
the best of pure, clear, cold water, well supplied with insect larva?, the
smaller Crustacea, and various other kinds of the smaller animal and plant
forms sufficient in amount to -support an immense fish-life. But it is a
strange and interesting fact that, with the exception of Yellowstone Lake
and River, these waters were wholly barren of fish-life. The river and
lake just named are well filled with the Rocky Mountain trout (Salmo
myhm), and this fact is the more remarkable when it is remembered that
the falls in the lower Yellowstone River are 109 and 308 feet, respectively,
by far the greatest found in the Park.

The total absence of fish in Lewis and Shoshone lakes and the numerous
other small lakes and streams of the Park is certainly due to the various
falls in their lower courses which have proved impassable barriers to the
ascent of fishes from below; for in every one of these streams just below
the falls trout and, in some cases, other species are found in abundance.
But to account for the presence of trout in Yellowstone Lake was a matter
of no little difficulty. If a fall of 30 to 50 feet in Lewis River has prevented
trout from ascending to Lewis and Shoshone lakes, why have not the
much greater falls in the Yellowstone proved a barrier to the ascent of
trout to Yellowstone Lake? Certainly, no fish can ascend these falls and
we must look elsewhere for the explanation.

Many years ago the famous old guide, Jim Bridger, told his incredulous
friends that he had found on the divide west of the LTpper Yellowstone
a creek which flowed in both directions— one end flowing east into the
Yellowstone, the other west into Snake River. But as he also told them

about many other strange, and to them impossible things which he had
seen, among which were a glass mountain, and a river which ran down
hill so fast that the water was made boiling hot, they were not disposed
to acknowledge the existence of his ':Two-Ocean Creek." Subsequent
events, however, showed that the strange stories of Jim Bridger were not
without some elements of truth.

Two-( >cean Pass was visited by Capt. Jones in 1S73, by Dr. F. V. Hayden
in 1 878, and by Mr. Arnold Hague in 1884. The observations made by these
various explorers seemed to indicate that Two-Ocean Pass is a nearly level
meadow, near the center of which is a marsh which, in times of wet
weather, becomes a small lake, and that " a portion of the waters from
the surrounding mountains accumulate in the marshy meadows and
gradually gravitate from either side into two small streams, one of which
flows to the northeast, the other to the southwest.'' (Hayden.)

From these reports it began to be suspected that trout, ascending Pacific
Creek from Snake Paver, might in time of high water, pass through the
lake in Two-Ocean Pass and descend Atlantic Creek and the Upper Yel-
lowstone to Yellowstone Lake, and thus would the origin of the trout of
that lake be explained. Dr. Jordan, who spent some time in the Park in
1889, was impressed with the probable correctness of this explanation,
but did not visit Two-Ocean Pass.

In 1891, while carrying on certain investigations in Montana and the
Yellowstone Park under the direction of the United States Commissioner
of Fish and Fisheries, Colonel Marshall McDonald, I was instructed to
visit Two-i >cean Pass and determine definitely the conditions which obtain
there.

On August 7. accompanied by Dr. ( >. P. Jenkins and Mr. Burnside Clap-
ham, we started out from Mammoth Hot Springs with a pack-train of ten
pack-horses and eight saddle-horses. Our route led us through all the
(ieyser Basins of the Park and we reached Two-Ocean Pass August 17,
where we remained long enough to make a careful examination. This
pass is a high mountain meadow, about 8,200 feet above the sea and
situated just south of the Park, in long. 110° 10', lat. 44° 3/. It is sur-
rounded on all sides by rather high mountains except where the narrow
valleys of Atlantic and Pacific creeks open out from it.

Running back among the mountains to the northward are two small
canons, down which come two small streams. On the opposite side is
another canon, down which comes another small stream. The extreme

33

length of the meadow from east to west is about a mile while the width
from north to south is not much less. The larger of the streams coming
in from the north is Pacific Creek, and, after winding along the western
side of the meadow, turns abruptly westward, leaving through a narrow
gorge. Receiving numerous small affluents, Pacific Creek soon becomes
a good- sized stream, which finally unites with Buffalo Creek a few miles
above where the latter stream flows into Snake River.

Atlantic Creek was found to have two forks entering the Pass. At the
north end of the meadow is a small wooded canon down which flows the
North Fork. This stream hugs the border of the flat very closely. The
South Fork comes down the canon on the south side, skirting the brow
of the hill a little less closely than does the North Fork. The two
coming together near the middle of the eastern border of the meadow
form Atlantic Creek which, after a course of a few miles, flows into the
Upper Yellowstone. But the remarkable phenomena exhibited here re-
main to be described.

Each fork of Atlantic Creek, just after entering the meadow, divides as
if to flow around an island, but the stream toward the meadow, instead of
returning to the portion from which it had parted, continues its westerly
course across the meadow. Just before reaching the western border the
two streams unite and then pour their combined waters into Pacific Creek ;
thus are Atlantic and Pacific Creeks united and a continuous water way
from the month of the Columbia via Two-Ocean Pass to the Gulf of Mex-
ico is established. Two-Ocean Creek is not a myth but a verity, and Jim
Bridger is vindicated.

Pacific Creek is a stream of good size long before it enters the pass, and
its course through the meadow is in a definite channel, but not so with
Atlantic Creek. The west bank of each fork is low and the water is liable
to break through anywhere and thus send a part of its water across to Pa-
cific Creek. It is probably true that one or two branches always connect
the two creeks under ordinary conditions, and that following heavy rains
or when the snows are melting a much greater portion of the water of
Atlantic Creek finds its way across the meadow to the other.

Besides the channels already mentioned, there are several more or less
distinct ones that were dry at the time of our visit. As already stated,
the pass is a nearly level meadow, covered with a heavy growth of grass
and many small willows 1 to 3 feet high. While it is somewhat marshy
in places it has nothing of the nature of a lake about it. Of course during

wet weather, the small springs at the borders of the meadow would be
stronger, but the important facts are that there is no lake or even marsh
there and that neither Atlantic nor Pacific Creek has its rise in the
meadow. Atlantic Creek, in fact, comes into the pass as two good sized
streams from opposite directions and leaves it by at least four channels,
thus making an island of a considerable portion of the meadow. And it
is certain that there is, under ordinary circumstances, a continuous water-
way through Two- Ocean Pass of such a character as to permit fishes to
pass easily and readily from Snake River over to the Yellowstone, or in
the opposite direction. Indeed, it is possible, barring certain falls in
Snake River, for a fish so inclined to start at the mouth of the Columbia,
travel up that great river to its principal tributary, the Snake, thence on
through the long, tortuous course of that stream, and, under the shadows
of the Grand Tetons, enter the cold waters of Pacific Creek, by which it
could journey on up to the very crest of the Great Continental Divide, to
Tivo-Ocean Pass; through this pass it may have a choice of two routes to
Atlantic Creek in which the down-stream journey is begun. Soon it
reaches the Yellowstone down which it continues to Yellowstone Lake,
then through the Lower Yellowstone out into the turbid waters of the
Missouri ; for many hundred miles it may continue down this mighty
river before reaching the Father of Waters which will finally carry it to
the Gulf of Mexico— a wonderful journey of nearly t;,000 miles, by far the
longest possible fresh-water journey in the world.

We found trout in Pacific Creek at every point where we examined it.
In Two-Ocean Pass we found trout in each of the streams and in such po-
sitions as would have permitted them to pass easily from one side of the
divide to the other. We also found trout in Atlantic Creek below the
pass and in the Upper Yellowstone where they were abundant.

Thus it is certain that there is no obstruction even in dry weather to
prevent the passage of trout from the Snake River to Yellowstone Lake ;
it is quite evident that trout do pass over in this way ; and it is almost
absolutely certain that Yellowstone Lake was stocked with trout from the
west via Two-Ocean Pass.

Giiinnkli.ia Americana. By M. A. Braxnon,
Grinnellia Americana is one of the most interesting and beautiful ma-
rine plants found along our Atlantic coast. So far as known, it ranges

only from Cape Cod to New Jersey, abounding chiefly in the shore waters
of Long Island sound and New York harbor.

This alga attains a length of 50 cm. and a breadth of L0 cm., but this
is an unusual size. The oi'dinary specimen would not exceed 20 cm. in
length and 5 cm. in breadth.

This plant attaches itself to the piles of wharves, pieces of decayed
wood, and rarely grows on stones and shells. It grows most abund-
antly i) to 10 feet below low tide mark. It is a dbccious plant, and
also has a nonsexual method of reproduction. The antheridia are .small.
nearly transparent dots promiscuously distributed in the tissue of the
thallus. When liberated, in salt water, the antherozoids are quite active,
and while they were not observed fertilizing the female organ, it is safe
to affirm that they accomplish a union with the female portion of the
plant in the way common to algse.

The female organ — the cystocarp— is jug shape, with a prominent orifice.
The cystoearps are found equally distributed on the surfaces of the thal-
lus which is one cell thick. The interior of the cystocarp is very com-
plicated. It develops from an apical cell. This further testifies that Dr.
Schmitz's theory of the origin of the reproductive organs of the red alga
is true — namely, they are terminal growths, or branches of the frond.

Experiments in germinating spores were quite successful. Carpophores
were cultivated for several days in salt water. Cell division was rapid
and there were young filaments developed containing l(i to 20 cells. The
study of spore termination and the development of the youn.L: plant is to
be continued.

BOTAXICAL FIELD WORK IX WESTERN IDAHO. By D. T. MacDoUGAL.

As may be seen by reference to the map, a large proportion of the state
of Idaho consists of a triangular mountain mass, with its greatest length
from north to south, reaching in places an elevation of 14,000 to 15,000
feet, and including on its eastern border the Bitter Root, Coeur d' Alene
and Rocky Mountain ranges.

Botanical explorations have been carried on in the valley of Clark's
Fork of the Columbia to the eastward in Montana, in the basin of the

36

Snake River in southeastern and southern Idaho, to the westward in the
Columbian plain in Washington, and in the northern part of Idaho, where
the Clark's Fork of the Columbia cuts its way westward through the
mountains, but this great central labyrinth is as yet an unknown land to
the botanist, nor is he behind his brother zoologist in this matter.

With the purpose of beginning a systematic survey that should finally
include this whole region, Messrs. J. H. Sandberg, A. A. Heller and my-
self, acting under the direction of the Botanical Division of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, undertook at the beginning of the last season the ex-
ploration of a portion of this territory along the western border of the
mountain ranges.

In accordance with this plan, we took the field with a camp outfitted at
Lewiston, at the head of navigation of Snake river, in the latter part of
April, and worked southward till we struck the Craig Mountains, then
swinging around northward, followed the line where the foot hills run
down to meet the plain, across the basins of the Clearwater and Palouse
rivers, Lake Coeur d' Alene, and Clark's Fork of the Columbia river at its
expension into Lake Pend d'Oreille.

This route was chosen because it offered easy access to widely differing
areas. To the westward lay the basaltic Columbian plains, with an ele-
vation of 700 to 2,500 feet, with its vegetation made up of plants peculiar
to the Pacific coast flora; to the eastward, rising in successive tiers, were
the secondary ranges, composed of trachyte, limestone, quartz and granite,
reaching an elevation of 7,000 feet, with its wide range of plants comprised
in the R >cky Mountain flora.

The difference between these two areas is still further heightened by
the peculiarities of the climate. The basaltic plain, during the rainy sea-
son, which ends in the latter part of May, supports a dense growth of suc-
culent, broad leaved, rapid growing plants, which mature very early.
With the close of the rainy season, the soil dries into dust in a very few
days, the earlier growth dies, and is replaced by hardy, coarse, narrow-
leaved forms which are capable of enduring the extreme heats of the
summer. In the mountains, however, the water supply coming from
melting snows and springs is more equable, and we have a greater num-
ber of plants which endure throughout the season.

The flora of both regions is characterized by extreme localization. The
limits within which a large percentage of the species were collected often
comprised no more than a few square yards or a few acres. As examples

may be given Mimulus cardinalis, Castalia Leibergii, Corydalis aurea, Poly-
gonum Kelloggii.

Although the mountain region is very rich in Algae Lichens Mosses and
Hepatics, the conditions for work and character of our outfit made it nec-
essary to confine our attention almost wholly to the Phanerogams and
I'teridophytes, although a few lower forms were collected.

In all, ample material of about 1,000 species was brought in, which is
fairly representative of the region explored.

The application of mathematics in botany. By Kathebine E. Golden.

The tendency in the sciences is toward reducing results and conclusions
to exactness, as far as possible, and this is as true for botany as for any
of the so-called exact sciences. The tendency being toward precision,
naturally the use of mathematics is becoming more general in all the
sciences, in the solution of problems and the expression of results.

In physiological botany, especially, the use of mathematics is very ap-
plicable, for a great many of the principles of physiological phenomena
are reducible to the principles of physics and chemistry, which are repre-
sented by mathematical formulae, and when so represented, the concep-
tion of the phenomena is .simplified, and is divested of much of the mys-
teriousness that attaches to it, as fundamental principles are often easier
of comprehension when reduced to mathema ical formulas. For instance,
in studying the absorption of gases by plants, there are so many factors
that enter the solution of the problem that the subject is complex to a
great degree, but when it is known that the amount of gas dissolved from
a mixture is proportional t<> the relative volume of it in the mixture mul-
tiplied by its coefficient of solubility, the quantities of gases that can be
dissolved by the cell-sap are known, and a definite basis is obtained from
which to start, and to take into consideration other conditions.

To show the estimate that Francis Gal ton* places on the laws governing
the life of plants, in his work on " Natural Inheritance," in trying to ar-
rive at some measurable characteristic by which to determine the reason
for the statistical similarity shown in successive generations, he used
sweet peas with which to experiment, separating them into "roups ac-

-Francis Galtou. Natural Inheritance. 1889, pp; 79-82,

38

cording to size. The experiments were satisfactory, as they gave him the
data which he sought, thus enabling him to solve the problem.

That the tendency of botanical work is in the direction of mathematical
preciseness is seen in the works of Sachs, Nageli, Wiesner and many others.
Sachs* has worked out cell division in a masterly manner. By means of
periclined and anticlined planes he has demonstrated the direction of the
cell-divisions in a growing organ, the outline of the organ taking the form
of a parabola, a hyperbola, or an ellipse. By this means he has proven
that the mode of cell-division depends entirely upon the increase in vol-
ume and the configuration of the growing organ, and not upon its physi-
ological or morphological significance. From his work he has formulated
two important laws, (1) that the daughter-cells are usually equal to one
another in volume, and (2) that the new cell-walls are situated at right
angles to those already present.

Previous to Sachs' work it was supposed that it was possible to charac-
terize the true morphological or phylogenetic nature of an organ by the
way in which cell division took place.

Sachs has also studied the growing apex of stems and roots so as to de-
termine the zone of greatest growth. From the tables compiled by him
there are certain facts deduced which, when the successive zones are rep-
resented by A. N. V x. the apical zone beinu A, the zone of greatest
growth X, and the last zone of the growing region N+x, are clearly ex-
pressed by the formula :

A A 1 A 2 . . . <N N 1 N 2 . . . X x.

The formula indicating the relation of their respective increments.

The following general expression is used by Sachs to express the relative
lengths of the different tissues after isolation, where E, C. V, P, stand re-
spectively for epidermis, cortex, vascular tissue and pith :
E<C V P V C>E.

The expression also states the relation active tension of the layers, for
the greater the compression, the greater will be the length upon isolation.

Xiigelit has demonstrated the movements of bacteria in air and water.
He classifies them into groups and applying the general formula for ve-
locity v=l/2^, he has deduced the formula- v='^—i in which// is

.1. Sachs. Arbeiten des bot. lust, in Wurzburg, 1878. On the Physiology of Plants.
1887, pp. 431-459.
tC. v. Xiigeli. Untersuchuugen iiber niedere Pllze aus dem Pflanzenphysiologischen

Institut in Miinchen. 1882.

39

the middle vertical diameter of the body, r. is the specific gravity of the
body, and r the specific gravity of the fluid for the movement in air

1 2 g h (n — r) for the movement in any liquid.

r
Wiesner has done a great deal of work in determining the application
of the laws for different gases to epidermis with and without openings, at
the atmospheric pressure, and pressures above and below that of the at-
mosphere, and with dead and living, dry and moist membranes. He has
made sufficient experiments so that his conclusions, which are expressed
by mathematical formulae in many cases, are general, that is, his formula

. — in which A represents the absorption coefficient, and d the density
I d

of the gas is general for the epidermis, free from stomata, of any plant.

An application of mathematics that one does not often see outside of
the statistician's work was made by Dr. Arthur! in his work on pear
blight. In this there was a set of determinations made as to the succu-
lency of the fruit of the Buffum pear, so as to note the relation between
the amount of moisture and the extent of the blight. After the deter-
minations were made, calculations of the probable error in the results were
also made, finding the variation in the determinations, and the extreme
variation from the mean; using the figures and applying the formula,

± . ii74"> - . in which s is the sum of the squares of the differences be-
tween each separate observation and the average of all, and n is the num-
ber of observations. This work was done to prove its correctness, as the
accuracy of such work had been questioned.

The most general application of graphic mathematics is the rectilinear
system of coordinates. This is so simple in the construction of diagrams
and so readily understood that a great many people make use of it. Be-
sides, one diagram will show the relation among different sets of data.
Take, for example, one of Sachs' diagrams showing plant growth. The ab-
scissa represents increments of time, the division of the ordinates, the in-
crements in length, the axis of abscissa' represents a certain temperature,
and a certain number of the divisions of the ordinates represent a degree
a temperature. Then spaces of the diagram are shaded for night. The

.r. Wiesner. Versuehe iiber den Ausgleich des Gasdruckes in den Geweben der
Pllanzen, 187!>. .1. Weisner und H. Molisch. I'ntersuchnngen fiber dis Gasbewegung in
dor Pfianze, 188!>,
v.T. C. Arthur. 5th Ann. Rep. X. V. Exp. Sta., 1886, pp. 284-285.

40

curves of growth and temperature are represented on the same diagram,
so that one can easily tell the increment of growth for a given time along
with the factors of heat and light. This kind of diagram is especially
valuable if the experiment be written in a language that one does not
read readily, for the gist of the work can be gotten from the diagram with
but little help from the text.

A great deal of mathematical work has been done in phyllotaxy. Th is
work consisted in the first place in imagining a line proceeding from one
of the older lateral members, traversing the stem to right or left, so as to
Include the points of insertion of all the successive lateral members in
the order of their age. This line, when projected, horizontally, was called
the genetic spiral, butas the line is a helix, its horizontal projection could
not be a spiral.

Then in working out the law of the phyllotaxis, a series of fractions
were formed, the numerator expressing the number of complete revolu-
tions round the stem, starting from the point of insertion of a lateral
organ and extending to the organ directly above it; the denominator ex-
pressing the number of joints of insertion of lateral organs passed through .
It was discovered that The series of fractions expressing the most com-
mon divergences were successive convergents of the continued fraction,
and it was supposed that a natural law had been found,
but as it is necessary to construct new continued fractions
1 i for many of the divergence-, this proved fallacious. But

1+ etc. as no relation has been found to exist between the method
and anything relating to plant life, the method has but little vahie, ex-
cept from the mnemonic point of view. Work on this subject was very
popular about twenty years ago, as it gave people an opportunity of prov-
ing that they knew their mathematics, it being somewhat generally sup-
posed at the time that anyone who could do his mathematics could easily
do his other work.

In the latest bulletin* issued from the lnd. Exp. Sta., the subject of
which is the relation of number of eyes on the seed tuber to the product,
it was found that a relation existed between the eye of the seed tuber and
the number of stalks, that is, when the eyes formed an arithmetical series,
the number of stalks, per unit of weight, derived from them formed an
approximate hyperbolic series. To a scientific person this result means

::J. O. Arthur. Purdue Exp. Sta. Ind.. Xo. 12, 1892.

II

much, for the results are definite and given in the briefest and yet the
most comprehensive manner.

When engineers publish results of experiments, they express the con-
ditions for, and the results of, their experiments by means of mathemat-
ical formula- as much as possible, and the tendency among botanists is to
the same practice, for with the great amount of literature that is pub-
lished annually, the putting the gist of the matter into the most concise
and comprehensive form is becoming indispensable.

On the fertilization and development of the embryo in senecto am; F.I
By 1>. M. Mottier.

Distribution ok the North American cactaceje. By John M. Coulter.

March a Nil a polymorpha, jcot a typical or representative liverwort.
Bv L. M. Underwood.

How a tendril coils. By D. T. Mai Dougal

Forestry exhibit of Indiana at the Columbian Exposition. By Stanley
Coulter.

Notes on certain plants of southwestern Indiana. By John S. Wright.

This report is based upon about two weeks of field work done during
the latter part of September, 1892, in the extreme southwestern part of
the state, by D. T. MacDougal and J. S. Wright. This region is known as
the "pocket" and owing to its peculiar peninsular position has an over-
lap of a northern and a southern flora.

Notes were made upon the distribution and condition of nearly 200
forms.

42

Report was made upon a depauperate form of Bideus ceruna L., found
on the Wabash banks.

Among the forest trees special notes were made upon distribution, size,
&c, of Celtis ruimssippirnsis Bosc; Carya olivxformis Nutt; Quercus lyrata
Walt.; Diospyros virginiana L., and Taxodium dhtichum Richard.

Epidermis and spines of cactaceje. By E. B. luxi:.

Before entering upon the revision of Cactacea' now in preparation un-
der President Coulter's direction at Indiana University, a series of inves-
tigations on the minute structure of such material as was then available
was made during the winter and spring terms of 1892. It was our pur-
pose not only to learn of the general morphological nature of the family,
but also to discover, if possible, any new diagnostic characters that might
be of service in the revision. I have therefore selected for presentation
only such peculiarities of structure as may prove of most use in specific
determination.

Though nearly a year had passed since the collection of the material, it
was still green and in good condition, with tissues fresh and distended as
in growing specimens— thus making it highly favorable for study. Sixty-
five species were examined, represented generically in the following
proportions: ^lamillaria, 17; Echinocactus, lfi ; Cereus, I'l : Opuntia, 11.

The most striking feature at first sight is the entire absence of true fo-
liage. Naturally, my first inquiry was for some specialized organ or region
which should represent, and perform the functions of the missing foliage.
The even distribution of stomata and chlorophyll over the entire surface
declares the plant itself to be one gigantic and curious leaf so far as func-
tion is concerned. However, regarding leaves as devices for increasing
surface exposure (expansion of surface formed by the ultimate branch-
ing of the fibro- vascular system), I was led to look to the wart-like mam-
illse of the genus Mamillaria, and to the tubercles and ribs of Cereus,
Echinocactus and certain species of Opuntia as the homologues of leaves.
Transverse sections of the tubercles of Mamillaria macromeris show fibro-
vascular branching similar to that of the leaf,— the chief difference lying
in the cylindrical nature of the one as distinct from the flat surface < if
the other. This conclusion is verified by the position of the flowers and
branches, which in nearly all cases proceed from the axils of the tuber-
cles and mamillse. The genus Opuntia alone is described as having leaves.

i:;

The minute, subulate, early deciduous leaves of this genus furnish the
nearest approach to true leaves found among our native species.

In all the specimens examined, true epidermal and hypodermal regions
occur in sharply defined outline. The cuticular layer is generally thick-
ened and is clearly distinguished from the true epidermal walls. It be-
comes thinner as it nears the stoma, and is easily traced into the air
chamber (?) It completely lines this respiratory cavity, and, as Yon Mohl
shows, it even sends out open tubes into the adjoining inter-cellular
spaces. The range in thickness passes from the very thin, almost imper-
ceptible form seen in Mamillaria macromem to the astonishing thickness of
that seen in Mamillaria (Anhalonium) prismatica, where the cuticle is fully
ten times the thickness of the true epidermal layer underneath. The
stoma in this species communicates with the outer air by a chimney-like
canal extending upward and outward through the cuticle. This canal or
chimney is beset at three different elevations by sets of four Hap like pro-
jections which extend out from the wall in such manner as to almost en-
tirely close the orifice. I have failed to find anywhere any mention of
these projecting appendages, but conclude that their function is undoubt-
edly that of accessory guard cells of the doma. They readily expand on
application of moisture, which fact in itself is sufficient evidence of their
purpose. The outer wall of the true epidermis in this species barely
reaches an average development ; while the hypodermal region consists of
but one layer of moderately thick-walled narrow cells. The only remain-
ing feature of the cuticle worthy of note as a diagnostic character is the
undulation of surface, which is displayed in certain species. Prominent
elevations occur in Cenus Greggii, Cereus horizonthalonius, var. centrospinus,
and in Echinocactus polycepJialus..

Definitive characters in the true epidermis are not abundant ; but, when
they do occur, they are distinct and unmistakable. Three species of
Opuntia show tangential (?) partitions in the epidermis, breaking it up
into two or more rows. Opuntia phscacantha has its epidermis thus
thrown into eight rows of exceedingly thin -walled cells. A new species of
cereus (as yet unpublished) has as high as nine rows of this thin-walled
epidermis. Species having two layers are Echin. pob/ccphalus, three un-
named species of Cereus from San Louis I'otosi, Mex., and a new species of
Cereus from Casa Grande, Ariz. The most curious epidermis in the entire
collection is that of Echin longihamatus. Since there is nothing like it in
the entire number observed, it is well deserving of more than passing at-

44

tention. In other specimens, the epidermal cells when elongated lie in
a parallel direction with the line of outer surface. In this case, they are
elongated at right angles to the outer surface. Their thread-like walls
are contiguous with the cuticle on the outside ; while, on the inside, they
are bounded by a single hypodermal row. Their only apparent outer
wall is#the thickened cuticle.

The hypodermal regions seen may be at once divided into two classes.
Those of the hrst and larger class may be characterized as follows : cells
irregular, in several layers: walls thick, pitted, collenchymatous. The
second class, on the other hand, are thin-walled, regular, and disposed in
one layer. Six Mamillarise and five Cerei will fall under this latter class.
The highest number of collenchyma layers is nine, found in Cerent grandi-
flora. The number of rows, shape of cells and relative thickness of walls
appear to be constant within the limits of species, and may be of service
as determinative characters.

It remains only to mention the calcium oxalate crystals, which are of-
ten distributed as constituents of the cell-contents, both in the epidermal
and in the hypodermal tissue. These occur in the form of simple, soli-
tary, klino-rhombic crystals, or more frequently in angular, stellate
groups. In size, form and position they vary exceedingly, but appear
uniform within the limits of the same species. Crystals occurred in every
Opuntia and in every Kchinocactus examined. In Mamillaria they were
frequent, while in Cereus, they were with one exception entirely wanting.

The minute structure of the spines is exasperatingly uniform. The
outer, or epidermal cells are usually large and thin-walled, while in the
body of the spine the walls are so thick as to entirely close the cell cavi-
ties, as is the case in all dense woody tissues. Often there is a gradual
transition from one to the other. The important characters are in the
outer row of cells. Iiou.^h projections partaking of the nature of tri-
chomes, and extending toward the spine tip are common in Cereus and
Echinocactus. In Mamillaria the spines are smooth or rarely pubescent,
as in M.pusiila, Grahami and allied forms. Those of the cylindrical and
clavate groups of Opuntia are without exception clothed with a semi-
transparent, glistening sheath ; while those of the flat-jointed Opuntias
are naked. Characteristic of Opuntia spines is the ronical arrangement
of libers, distinctly seen with the low power objective. Spine fibers of
other genera are usually parallel from base to tip, whereas here they are
conically arranged with the summits of the cones at the extreme tips and

4-",

their bases communicating with the sheath to the rear of the tip and ad-
jacent to it. When the sheath separates from the spine (which happens
very early), these ends of the fibers at the base of the cones are slightly
lifted from the surface of the spine, forming sharp barbs extending back-
ward on the surface near the tip. This conical barbed structure is likewise
common to the sheathless, flat-joint Opuntias, and extends even to the
minute and much-dreaded bristles of the same genus. It is this property
of conical arrangement that makes the prickly pear group the terror of
all who have made its acquaintance.

While many of the characters brought to light in these investigations
are artificial as must naturally result in tissues so responsive to envi-
ronment as epidermal structures, the constancy of character within
the same species, together with the requisite variation in features pre-
sented by different species, can not but be of service to those engaged in
a critical study of the family.

The genus cactus. By E. M. Fisher.

The genus Cactus, as it stands at present, consists of about 350 species
and varieties from North America, of which only twenty-five species and
seven varieties have been reported from the United States. All these
forms are small, ranging from one half to three inches in diameter, and
are distinguished by their disconnected tubercles.

In this paper it is proposed to consider briefly the history of the genus,
and the classification of its species. To give an accurate and satisfactory
history of this genus or any of the genera of Cactaceae is a very difficult
thing, because of the meager descriptions and the scarcity of early litera-
ture. Taking 1753 (the date of the first edition of Linnaeus' " Species Plan-
tarum") as our datum-line, and tracing both backwards and forwards, we
reach the following results: In this first edition of the "Species Plan-
tarum," Linnaeus published all the Cactacea> with which he was acquainted
under one genus, Cactus, which he subdivided into four groups called Echi-
nomelocactus (subrotund), Ceril (erect, angular), Cerii (creeping with lateral
roots), and Opuntia (jointed, compressed, proliferous). Previous to this
(1737), in the first edition of the Genera Plantarum, Linmcus published
Cactus as embracing the genus Cercus of Jussieu's Acta Gallorum (1719),
and Opuntia and Melocactus of Tournefort's Institutions (1719). Melocaclus

46

of Tournefort, in which we are interested at present, is equal to Ficoides or
Ficus of Commelinus' Hortus Amistel (1097), equal to Ficoides or Ficus of
Plukinet Almag. Botanica 1 1606), equal to Echirw-melocactus of Ilermannus
Hortus Lugdbt. (1687).

Commencing again with Linnaeus (1753), we find that he first described
the species Cactus mamillarius, which thus seems to stand as the type of
the genus. This genus of 2S species was not disturbed until 1812, when
Ilaworth. in his Synopsis Plantarum succulentarum, separated it into five
genera, Mamillaria, Echinocactus, Melocactus, Cereus, and Opuntia, discarding
Linngeus' name, Cactus. He called Cactus mamillarius Linn. Mamillari
simplex Hawworth, which was the only species of Linnaais that would
fall in the new genus Mamillaria. At this time ( 1812), Mamillaria con-
sisted of five species. In 1830 eight species were recognized. This state
of affairs was not molested until last year, when I)r. O. Kuntze published
his Revisio Genera Plantarum and re-established the Linnaan genus ( 'ac-
tus, which thus equals Mamillaria Ilaworth, changing over 300 species of
Mamillaria to the genus Carta*. In summary, we have Cactus L., re-estab-
lished by < ). 'vuntze (1891), MamiUaria Haworth (1812), Carta* L. (1753),
Melocactus Tourn. 1 171 it) in part. Ficoides or Ficus Commelinus (1697), Fi-
coides or Melocactus Plukinet (1796), Echino-melocactus Hermannus (1687).

The revision of the genus Cactus, like the other genera of Cactacese, is
made under great difficulties, because of the lack of types, and insufficient
flowering material. Since this is true, and because a specimen is almost
useless without flowers, according to the present system of keys, we have
attempted with the types at command to revise the genus without using
flower characters but by using those parts of the plant which are always
present, the tubercles and spines.

-OMK CAI SfiS ACTING PHYSIOLOGICALLY TOW \ Kl >

cities. Py J. ('. Arthur.

An auxaxometer fob the registration op the growtu OF STEMS IV THICK-
NESS. By Katherixe E. Goldex.

The main feature of this auxanometer for measuring growth in thick-
ness is a balanced glass arm, supported near one end. The long end has
a bristle fastened to it that comes in contact with a blackened glass rod
carried round on a brass spool, the spool being revolved by a clock.

48

The glass arm is supported in a short glass tube that is held between
two hardened steel points, the points being adjustable through the arms
of a brass y. Close behind the steel points is a small fork ; this fork, with
the glass arm embraces the stem of the plant, the fork permitting an adjust-
ment for large or small stems. These pieces of mechanism are supported
by a long wooden beam, that has a beveling near the end supporting the
arm. This adjustment is to accommodate plants of varying height.

At the long end of the glass arm, and supported by the beam, is a small
wooden platform that in turn supports the revolving spool. The axis of
the spool is extended at one end beyond its supports, and carries a grooved
pulley, which is connected with a similar grooved pulley attached to the
hour hand spindle of the clock by means of a small rubber band. The
friction between the rubber and the grooved pulleys, and the uniform
tension obtained, precludes slipping.

The way the instrument is used is to place the stem of the plant be-
tween the fixed fork and short arm of the glass rod. The distance between
the point of contact of the plant and the pivot is ?\r of the distance from
the blackened glass rod to the pivot, so that any growth of the plant is
magnified 40 times on the blackened rod. Thus a growth of roVe of an inch
will be represented by fe of an inch on the blackened rod.

One of the features of the blackened glass rod is that a permanent rec-
ord can be obtained by making a print of it on sensitized paper, from
which direct measurements can be made.

A STATE BIOLOGICAL SI RVEY \ SUGGESTION FOR OUR SPRING MEETING By L.

M. Underwood.

The apical growth of the thallcs of pucus vesiculosus. By D. M. Mot-
tier.

Symbiosis in orchidace.e. By M. B. Tiiom.

I'.i

Notes on pediastrum. W. L. Bray.
[Abstract. |

Specimens of Pediastrum were kept under cover glass, in moist cham-
ber, for 12 days. In this preparation wag observed, in a number of cases,
the breaking up and swarming of the contents of a single cell toiorm new
colonies. From a sixteen celled specimen three cells " swarmed," each
giving rise to colonies of 32 cells. Inner lamella of mother cell escapes as
the enclosing membrane of swarming spores. This membrane increases
in size, as did also the spores, while swarming. Spores swarmed with
jerky movement about thirty minutes, gradually assuming the symmetri-
cal and permanent position characteristic of the colony, when motion
ceased. Protuberances (spines) began to appear on outer circle of cells of
new colony in 12 to 20 hours. In one or two cases the enclosing mem-
brane remained 24 houi^s.

Individual cells of mother colony remained undivided for twelve days,
becoming several times the size of their fellows which had swarmed, very
turgid and rounded as if growing independently. From another collection
one case was observed where contents of a cell broke up into male swarm
spores. Not able to be sufficiently observed for more definite statements.

Notes on the genus i.ytta. By W. P. Shannon.

The genus corallorhiza. Bv aI. B. Thomas

Notes on the flora op the Chilhowee and Great Smoky mountains. By

Stanley Coulter.

The seed of a large library of reference in cryptogamic botany in In-
diana ; WHAT THE COLLEGES ARE DOING TO SUPPLY THE DEFICIENCY. By

L. M. Underwood.

Botanical assemblies in the United States announced fob the yeab 1893.
Bv J. C. Artiii r.

Development of ovule in aster and solidago. By <i. W. Martin.

The Lilly herbarium and its work. By John S. Wright.
The herbarium, though connected with a pharmaceutical laboratory,
does not differ in essential features from that of any college, where the
purpose is to do work in systematic botany. While medicinal forms are
especially sought for, it is the policy of its supporters to build up a large
general plant collection, and to this end collections of plants have been
secured from many parts of the world, irrespective of medicinal forms
which they might contain. The botanical laboratory maintained in con-
nection with the herbarium is arranged for work in structural botany.
with ample equipment for histological work, in the way of microtomes,
microscopes and accessories. The laboratory and herbarium have been
organized to detect adulterations and substitutions in drugs of botanic
origin, and to do research work in botany as it pertains to pharmacy.

Notes on root tubercles of indigenous and exogenous legumes in virgin
soil of the northwest. By H. L. Bolley.

Additional facts regarding forest distribution in Indiana. By Stanley-
Coulter.

Evidences of man's early existence in Indiana, from the oldes
gravels along the whitewater river. by a. w. butler.

51

The Crawford MorxD. By H. M. Stoops.

Xotks ON ARCH.EOI.OGY IN MEXICO. By J. 'I'. ScOVEl

-iiMi: EFFECTS OF MUTILATION ON I'll): FORMS OF LEA1
AMI MORI s XIGRA. By A. N. SOMERS.

AXCIEXT EARTHWORKS NEAR AxDERSOX, INDIANA By FrAXCIS A. VVaLKER.

Near Anderson, Madison county. Indiana, there is a system of earth
works consisting of one large and six smaller ones, the small ones lying
south and west of the large one. It is on the south half of Section Hi,
Towmship 19 north, Range 8 east, and three miles east southeast of the
courthouse.

The principal work is a circular embankment with a ditch on the inside
next to the embankment, with an enclose'! area, and a small mound in
the center of the enclosure. A gateway opens to the south 10 degrees 30
minutes west of the center of the mound, 30 feet in width, as the ditch
terminates on each side of it. The work is a true circle 3<i0 feet iu diam-
eter and 1,131 feet in circumference, with an area of 2.3"> acres. The en-
closed part within the ditch is 140 feet in diameter, with an area of .35
of an acre.

The ditch is 60 feet wide, and the embankment at its base 50 feet wdde.
The entire central area has been rilled a depth of 3.2 feet, and the central
mound, which is 55 feet in diameter, is 3.75 feet above the central area.

The embankment has an average height of 8.4 feet, with a variance of
3.3 feet, the same not being of uniform height, the highest point being 0.5
feet.

The average depth of the ditch is 6.92 feet, the depth not being uniform,
it also varying 3.3 feet, and as compared with the central area is 10.12 feet,
with a maximum depth of 11.75 feet. The average distance from the top
of the embankment to the bottom of the ditch is 14.96 feet.

Of the smaller works, three are northwest, two southwest and one south-
east of the large one. The principal one of these is 195 feet north 70 de-

grees 30 minutes west of the center of the large one. It is oblong and irreg-
ular in shape, the center constricted, and has an extreme length from out-
side to outside of 200 feet, the long diameter being at a bearing of north
56 degrees west.

There is an embankment of irregular height, not to exceed .*! feet, and a
ditch within from 1 to 3 feet deep, and a small mound at the west end of
the central area. It is 146 feet in diameter from outside to outside at each
end of the work, and the constricted part is 142 feet in diameter. The
central area is 75 feet at the east end, 85 feet at the west end, and the con-
stricted part only 60 feet in diameter.

Northwest of this work, and 552 feet north 75 degrees 50 minutes west
of the center of the large work is a circular mound, without ditch or
embankment. 60 feet in diameter and about 18 inches high.

The other mound in this group of three is 64 degrees and 30 minutes
west of the center of the large one, irregular in shape and outline and
is hard to trace. It is almost contiguous to the embankment of the large
work, and there now remains but a faint trace of the ditch and embank-
ment.

At a point south 54 degrees 45 minutes west distant 44(1 feet from the
center of the large work is a small one 100 feet in diameter. It is a true
circle, with an embankment and ditch within, and a central area of 47
feet in diameter. There is a gateway south 66 degrees 30 minutes east,
and from the top of the embankment to the bottom of the ditch it is 2 '
feet. This mound is very regular and clearly defined.

South of this one 710 feet south 14 degrees'30 minutes west of the cen-
ter of the main work is another small work, also 100 feet in diameter.
The public road runs through this and has destroyed all but the north
embankment, which is about 18 inches from the top of the embankment
to the bottom of the ditch within.

Two hundred twenty-five feet south 36 degrees east of the center of the
main work is another figure 33 feet in diameter, with gateways at the op-
posite ends. There is another embankment with a ditch within, and it
is about 18 inches from the top of the embankment to the bottom of the
ditch.

This group, known throughout the adjoining country as " The Mounds,"
is on the south bank of White River, on a bluff 75 feet in height. The
point of location is the highest in this vicinity, and commands a view of
the surrounding country. There is a deep ravine on the west, and one

also east of the works which is about half way between them, the ravines
being one quarter of a mile apart. The large work is about 200 feet south
of the brink of the river bluff, and one arm of a small ravine north of it
comes up close to the west side of the principal work in the group of
three. At the base of the bluff and in the east and smaller ravine there
are a number of large, bold, running- springs of chalybeate water. The
bluff is composed of clay, sand and gravel, the sand and gravel being at
the base, and out of this the water flows.

"The Mounds," as they are usually called, are in a forest of oak, beech,
walnut and ash timber. Some very large trees grew on the embank-
ments ; among others, several walnut, which have been cut off. < )ne, four
feet in diameter, the stump of which is now gone, grew on the work first
described, lying northwest of the large one.

The works still remain covered with a growth of timber in no respects
differing from the adjoining forest.

In the bottom of the ditch on the east side of the large work there lies
a granite boulder about three feet in diameter, apparently where left when
the ditch was being dug.

The river and the ravines on each side afford excellent drainage, and
the thick layer of leaves protect the embankment from erosion. The
embankments being so heavy, the water that gathers within is not able
to force its way through, and no gullies or washes have occurred ; in fact,
the whole system, especially the large work, is in an excellent state of
preservation and seemingly as perfect as when abandoned by the Builders.

About ten years ago, the writer, in company with Dr. Joseph Tingley,
then of Asbury University, made an excavation in the center of the
mound in the main works. At a depth of about four feet we found a bed
of ashes, charcoal, and burned bones, the bones crumbling on exposure to
the atmosphere. Dr. Tingley claimed they were not human bones, but of
some small animal. We found no stone or any arrangement of the earth
in the form of an altar, and the fire seemed to have been there before the
mound was built above it. The earth was baked and reddened by the
action of the intense heat of the same. < >ver this the mound was then
built as indicated. We dug down about two feet below this stratum, but
found no further evidence of fire or any unusual arrangement of earth,
nor any evidence that the same had been disturbed, further than in the
construction of the central area, which had been filled as before men-
tioned.

54

Directly north of the main work on the side of the bluff, about ten feet
above low watermark, is an outcropping of hard pan, under which one
can enter for a short distance through an opening.

In the neighborhood of the Mounds there is a tradition that there is a
cave underneath this hard pan, connected with the works. The writer
has not been able to find any one who has any definite knowledge about
it,'and upon examination of the same himself, this opening seemed to be
nothing more than a fox hole in the gravel underneath this outcropping.

These earth works have an excellent location as a pleasure resort. They
are located in a forest of about 100 acres. < >n the north side of this forest
Hows White River, and on the south is the road leading from Anderson
to Muncie. The Big 4 Kail road runs about a quarter of a mile south of
the forest, and in the summer time there are frequently excursions frOm
Anderson, Muncie and points along the Big 4.

The real estate on which these works are located belongs to parties who
have no knowledge of their worth as pre-historic remains, and who value
them solely from a commercial standpoint.

The city of Anderson has extended in this direction about one and one-
half miles, and the purchase of this real estate has been in contemplation
by parties who proposed converting' the same into a pleasure resort, and
there is a possibility, as it is located so near the city, of the grounds passing
into other hands, the forest being cleared away and changes made in the
original outlines, and the value of these works, as pre-historic remains,
destroyed.

It is not the object to advance any theory or to speculate upon the
purpose of the builders of this system of earth works, but to give data and
facts as to their form, size and location, so that should anything occur by
which they would be changed or destroyed, these facts might be pre-
served.

In addition to the measurements above given, drawings, maps and cross
sections have been made and photographs taken.

The writer, with I>r. J. M. Coulter and W. S. Ellis, visited these works,
and while there. Dr. Coulter suggested that such action be taken, and it
was done at his suggestion.

There is a further purpose in this paper that facts may be presented to
this body and an interest created, and if these works are found of sufficient
importance, steps be taken, looking to their preservation. In their local-
ity, they are looked upon simply as a curiosity, with little thought of

their real worth. A few, however, are manifesting an interest, and are
ready to co-operate with this body in anything that may be done, either
in the way of securing further facts or preventing their destruction.

Archaeology of Tippecanoe county. By 0. J. Crak

Description and elevation of Mount < Irizab v. By J. T. Scovell.

The climate and glaciers of Mounts Orizaba and Popocatepetl. ByJ. T.
Scovell.

Some Indian camping sites near Brookyille. By A. W. Butler.

Remarkable prehistoric relic. By E. Pleas.

The Bruns' group of mounds. By H. M. Stoops.

The mounds of Brookville township, Franklin county', Indiana. By K
M. Stoops.

Remarks on arch.eological map m vking. By A. W. Butler.

56

Explorations in Western Canada. By C. H. Eigenmann.
[Abstract.]
An account was given of explorations undertaken under the auspices of
the British Museum from AVinnipeg to the Pacific coast, and from Port-
land, Ore., eastward. The headwaters of the following rivers were crossed
and their fish faunas compared: The Red River of the North, the Sas-
katchewan, the Columbia, the Fraser, the Missouri. About twenty per
cent, of the species collected were new to science. The most interesting
of these was a new genus of Percopsidte, Columbia from Oregon. Several
species not before taken on the Western slope were obtained. It was
noticed that the number of fin rays of Pacific slope fishes was increased
over their Atlantic slope relatives, or else some of the rays were modified
into spines, as in the case of Columbia and Meda.

Notes on the loss of the vomerine tekth with age .
salamander, desm0gnathus ii sca. by f. c. test.

Tin: work of the l". S. iisii commission steamer Albatross rx the North
Pacific and Bering sea in L892. By B. W. Evermann.
Abstract.]

Last winter a treaty was entered into between the governments of the
United States and Great Britain, in which it was agreed to leave the var-
ious questions in dispute regarding the fur-seal fisheries to a board of
arbitration, which will meet at Paris next March.

Very soon after the signing of this treaty, the State Department re-
quested the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries to undertake the collect-
ing of information regarding the fur- seal of the North Pacific and Bering
sea.

It was very soon arranged that the Fish Commission should undertake
the work, the U. S. Fish Commission steamer, Albatross, then as now,
on the Pacific coast, was detailed for the purpose, and it fell to my lot to
be sent out as Senior Naturalist of the scientific staff of the Albatross to
have immediate charge of the proposed investigations.

It was within the scope of the investigations to study the movements

of the seals during their return in the spring to their breeding grounds, to
note the position of the herds from day to day, whether the two sexes
and the younger seals all traveled together or in separate herds ; we were
also to determine experimentally the relative effectiveness of the differ-
ent methods of killing the seal at sea, the percentage of seals lost by
each method, the percentage of males, females, or young killed in indis-
criminate hunting ; a study was also to be made of their food and food-
habits ; in short, attention was to be paid to everything which would
throw any light upon the natural history of this valuable animal.

I joined the Albatross at Port Townsend, Washington, March 27, and
four days later we steamed through the Straits of Fuca and began our in-
vestigations in the North Pacific. At this time it is not proper that the
details or results of the work should be given. Suffice it to say that the
investigations and studies of seal-life were continued until September,
and that during that time the Albatross was pretty well over the North
Pacific and Bering Sea, and made special visits to a number of points on
the mainland of Alaska as well as to numerous islands. Among the
places visited may be mentioned Sitka, Prince William Sound, Cook's
Inlet. Kadiak, various islands of the Aleutian chain, the Commander Islands
only eighty miles off the Asiatic coast, and the Pribilof Islands, where are
situated all the breeding grounds of our fur-seal, and where I spent two
weeks studying the seals upon the rookeries.

The report upon the entire summer's work of the Albatross concerning
the seal is now in the hands of the State Department, and cannot now be
made public ; but while carrying on this work opportunities occurred for
making collections in other lines of natural history, and I was, of course,
not slow in availing myself of them.

The collection of fishes is quite larue, and contains a number of inter-
esting species from Sitka, Unalaska, Atka, Attu and Berinu Island.

Among these is a very fine series of the Atka mackerel, Pkurogrammus
nionoplyrigew, an important food-fish, hitherto but poorly represented in
museums.

An important collection of birds was also made, a part of which collec-
tion— the ptarmigan — is treated in another paper.

Several hundred plants were collected, chiefly at Unalaeka, the Pribilof
Islands, and Sitka.

All these collections are now being studied, and will be reported upon
in due time.

->x

Early stages in the development of cymatogaster.* By Carl II. Eigen-

M A N X .

The investigation of which this is an abstract has been conducted with
various intermissions since December 1888. I present here simply the
result. The proof for any one of the propositions would take up more
than the time allotted for all of them. The details with all necessary fig-
ures will be published during the year by the U. S. Fish Commission.

A large per cent, of the California fishes bring forth their young alive.
The members of one family of these fishes, the Scorpasnidse, bring forth
many thousands of young in a very immature condition. The members of
the other family, the Embiotocidse, bring forth comparatively few young,
3-80, but these are sometimes an inch or two in length and resemble the
parent as much as the new born mammal resembles its parent. It is this
family which is of great interest and to which I devoted most of my time.
After examining many of the species just before and during gestation I
selected Cymatogcuster for a special study, because the peculiarities have
become most marked in this species. The results are as follows :

1. Copulation takes place in July. This statement is based on the fact
that the testes of the male are very much enlarged at this time and on
the fact that the ovaries from now on are filled with spermatozoons. The
act of copulation has not been observed.

2. The secondary sexual differences are considerable— among them
may be mentioned a small gland or bag on either side of the anal of the
male. From it extends a papilla forward to beyond the anterior margin
of the fin.

:*>. The spermatozoa have a long rod-shaped head in place of the
globular one usual in fishes.

4. The spevmatozoa remain dormant in the ovary till December
when they become exceedingly active.

5. The eggs mature and are fertilized between November 1st and Febru-
ary 1st, the largest fishes maturing the eggs earliest, the next in size a
little later and the smallest individuals last.

t>. Those spermatozoa not utilized in fertilization remain in the ovary
for several weeks longer. They are finally eaten by the larva' when the
digestive tract of the latter has been sufficiently developed.

7. During the early stages of gestation the females remain in shallow

- I have hitherto referred to this lish as Micrometrus. A re-examination of the litera
ture bearing on the subject proves that this name is not available.

59

water; males are then rarely seen. Later they become scarce but near
the time the young «re freed and shortly afterwards they are again found
in shallow water.

8. The largest ovarian eggs measure about .3 mm. in diameter. Dur-
ing the process of maturation the egg contents shrink to a diameter of .1'
mm. or to less than one-third of its maximum size.

!). The egg of this lish, Cymatogaster aggregates, is 130 times smaller than
the normal fish egg which has an average diameter of 1 mm.

Id. This small size is largely if not entirely due to the non-formation
of deutoplasm.

11. The egg is fertilized while still in the follicle. Some sections
show the extrusion of the second polar globule and the presence of the
male pronucleus in an egg still surrounded by the cells of the follicle.
The latter have begun to degenerate.

12. The development begins after the egg has been freed from the fol-
licle. Eggs with one, two, four, eight and sixteen cells as well as many
later stages were found free in the ovary.

13. Neither the developing eggs nor the young are in later stages at
any time connected with the parent nor is the position of these in rela-
tion to the ovarian structures a fixed one.

14. The duration of gestation is probably five months and the number
of young from three to twenty according to the size of the parent. In less
than a year after birth the young are with young.

15. The food of the young is supplied by the epithelium of the ovary.
The cells enlarge and become clear, when they collapse, their contents
are emptied into the lumen of the ovary and the framework of the cells
soon follows. When the intestine begins its work the spermatozoa serve
as part of the food. The ovary at no time was observed to contain more
fluids than the peritoneal cavity. (In other species considerable fluid is
sometimes present.) Before the development of the alimentary tract the
ovariarn fluid is probably appropriated by a process of intercellular diges-
tion on the part of the epidermal cells.

16. The yolk is a waning structure and can scarcely be taken into con-
sideration in accounting for the growth of early stages.

17. During the whole of gestation respiration is carried on by the
osmotic action between the general surface and the closely applied ova-
rian structures. When the alimentary tract is opened a current is kept
flowing through it and aeration is, in all probability, effected by the ali-

nientai y tract. In later stages the fins become highly vascular and doubt-
less serve both for purposes of aeration and food absorption.

IS. There is present in the entodermic pole of the developing egg a
body the like of which has not been observed in any other e?g It con-
sists of a mass of protoplasm imbedded in the yolk. It is dissolved near the
time of the closing of the blastopore. v Mr. J. W. Hubbard, one of my stu-
dents, has connected its history with that of the yolk nucleus which is
a conspicuous structure in the ovaries of adult fishes in egg from 20 y> up
to maturity. It is a general extrusion from the nucleus of the young
ovum and probably represents the histogehetic or somatic portion of the
nucleus and this in part at least corresponds to the macronucleus of ciliate
infusoria.

19. Before segmentation begins the whole of the germ is separated
from thedeutoplasm. The first cleavage plane extends entirely through
the germ to the yolk before the second cleavage begins.

20. A segmentation cavity is not formed during segmentation but
appears later by a separation of the ectoderm and entoderm.

21. The third cleavage plane is not parallel with the first as is usual
in fishes, but is semi-equatorial. This has nothing to do with the hori-
zontal cleavage claimed to have been seen by Hoffman and by Brook. It
is taken to be a pseudoreversion to primitive methods oi segmentation
with the reservation that this condition is not perfectly homologous with
the third segmentation of the frog or Branchiostoma, and would not be had
the yolk entirely disappeared.

22. The periblast is formed from a few of the marginal cells. Like the
yolk it is a waning structure. Only about 12 cells are ever formed. They
take no part whatever in the formation of the embryo. All of them per-
sist as long as a trace of the yolk is left. It, with the final part of the
yolk, is absorbed by the blood of the sinus venosus. The liver has noth-
ing to do with its final absorption as Wilson has claimed but simply me-
chanically encloses the nuclei above and behind.

23. During an early stage of segmentation some of the marginal cells
of the blastoderm creep over the yolk till they nearly if not entirely
cover it.

24. Before gastrulation the yolk sinks into the mass of the blastoderm
the cells of which re-arrange themselves about it and nearly enclose it.

25. The uastrula is finally formed by a process of delamination of en-

61

toderm from ectoderm and is completely diplastic and symmetrical, the
blastofore closing at the entodermic pole of the egg.

26. Before any other organs become evident the sex cells become con-
spicuous. Their fate I have discussed elsewhere.

27. The earliest stages of the formation of the embryo have not been
clearly made out with the material at hand. It is, however, certain that
in one of the figures published by me in the " Journal of Morphologv,'" I
mistook the tail for the head. The conditions are extremely similar to
those found in the mammalian embryos, except that the central cavity is
filled with yolk instead of fluid.

28. The mesoderm is formed by a process of delamination from the
entoderm. It is formed as two sheets and over the whole of the ento-
derm exclusive of the axial line.

29. The young fish is freed from its membrane in a very immature
condition. It completely encircles the yolk ; in fact the head and the
tail overlap. It is incapable of motiou at this time and indeed the cells
which will form the muscles have scarcely become differentiated. The
hatching process is due to the growth of the embryo and not to its activity
as is usually the case. The fin folds do not appear till much later.

.'JO. Kupffer's vesicle appears very early and is very large. It consists
when fully formed of a dome-shaped roof over a large cavity surrounded
on the sides by entoderm. It at first rests on the yolk but soon the yolk
is forced down and presents a deep impression just beneath the vesicle.
Later the vesicle is divided into three distinct cavities. The upper dome-
shaped portion persists for some time and probably represents part of the
neurenteric canal. The middle portion remains for some time as an en-
larged part of the intestine. The lowest portion is the cavity formed in
the yolk. It has acquired a roof by the ingrowth of the entoderm cells
to form the floor of the intestine. This cavity usually remains for a con-
siderable time.

31. The entoderm at first extends over the entire yolk. It later be-
comes restricted to a comparatively narrow strip along the axial line.

32. The floor of the alimentary canal is formed by the ingrowth below
of the marginal cells of the entoderm. The ingrowth progresses from in
front back. A lumen is not formed at once. The lumen is formed in
the hind gut and in the gill region at the same time and gives
abundant evidence that the alimentary tract is bilateral. The middle
anterior part remains a solid mass of cells after the lumen has appeared
both in front and behind this tract.

33. The anterior opening of the alimentary canal to the exterior is
through the gill slit in larvae 1 mm. in length, i. e. long before the
mouth is formed. The first food enters through this gill slit. The food
current before the fish can swallow is kept up by a very highly ciliated
gullet which extends from behind the gill region to near the hind gut.

34. The mouth does not appear till the larva has increased 3 mm., i. e.
to a length of about 4 mm., and during all this time the hyobranchial gill
slit functions as mouth. There is here found a condition similar to the
one supposed by Dohrn to explain the replacement of the annelid mouth
by a gill mouth.

35. Just in front of the notochord and near the region of the hyo-
branchial slit a strand of hypoblast cells extends up from the median por-
tion of the alimentary tract to above the notochord. This strand of hy-
poblast cells lies in the region where Dohrn supposes the annelid .esopha-
gus to have disappeared.

3<>. The hind gut soon becomes enormously enlarged and later a large
number of long villi are developed.

37. The larva- retain as an ancestral trait a large yolk sack, the yolk
being quite minute. The sack is largely taken up by the large pericardi-
um through which the long tubular heart extends from below and behind,
upward and forward.

38. In conclusion: The tish in almost all its stages has become highly
specialized. Many stages resemble very closely primitive conditions but
the conditions can probably in but few cases be looked upon as a simple
reversion. Its development has, on the other hand, become extremely
ichth vized and its eg» stands at the end of the chain of eggs in which
the Braniliiostoma egg, the Elasmobranch eg£ and the normal fi?li egg fon>-
links.

Ox birds ix Western Texas and Southern New Mexico. By A. W. Butler.

Some rem u*ks regarding the embryology of amphiuma. Bv 0. P. Hay

63

The contest against infection'. By Theodore Potter. Published in The
Cincinnati Lancet Clinic, Aug. 6, '92.

Some structural peculiarities of Pacific Slope fishes. Bv A. B. Ulrey

The yolk nuclei s. By J. W. Hubbard.

Peculiar death ok ax oriole. By T. B. 1!

The ranoe <>f the crossbill in the <>iu<> valley, with notes ox their
unusual occurrence in summer. I >y A. \V. Butler.
In 1838 Dr. Kirtland had not met with the American Crossbill [Loxvt
curvirostra minor) in Ohio and Indiana. Dr. Haymond omitted it from his
" Birds of Southeastern Indiana" in 1856. Dr. Wheaton reported it from
Ohio in the winter of 1859-60. Evidently it was quite well known to Dr.
Haymond in 1869. The winter of 18(18-9 they were very abundant in tie
vicinity of Cincinnati. (Charles Dury.) This was doubtless the case at
other places also. The range of the species at this time was supposed to be
northern North America, south in the Appalachian mountains into Penn-
sylvania, extending in winter, irregularly over much of the United States.
A letter from Mr. C. E. Aikin, of Salt Lake City, Utah, informs me that
this species became very abundant in the city of Chicago in July and
August 18(>!>, and remained until late in the fall. They fed greedily upon
seeds of sunflowers and were so sluggish that one could approach within
a few feet of them so that they fell an easy prey to boys with catapults.
In the latter part of August of the same year, he found them common in
Lake county, Indiana. He also notes that they were not rare the suc-
ceeding year in the vicinity of Chicago. Dr. F. W. Langdon notes the
capture of a single specimen from a Hock of six or eight at Madison vill«\
near Cincinnati, <>., Nov. 30, ls74. In the winter of 1874-5 Mr. Eugene 1'.

<;4

Bicknell noted these birds were present in the lower Hudson valley, and
in April of the latter year found their nest. In the same article is no-
ticed the occurrence of the species about New York City in late sprint;
and early summer ; on Long Island in midsummer, and on the Bermudas
from March to May. (Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club. Vol. V., pp. 7-11.) Mr. E.
W. Nelson in his paper on "Birds cf Northeastern Illinois," read before
the Essex Institute, December 4, 1876, says it was " formerly a common
winter resident ; now rare." Messrs. Dury and Freeman (Journ. Cin. Soc.
Nat. Hist., 1879, p. 4), note its occurrence at Westwood, ()., in 1879. Dr. J.
M. Wheaton (Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 1879, p. 62) gives the following ac-
count of the occurrence of the species in Ohio: "On the 18th of June
last, Mr. Charles Hinman killed one of these birds out of a tlock of eight
or ten which visited the coniferous trees in his garden in this city (Col-
umbus). The specimen, which came into my possession by the kindness
of Mr. Oliver Davie, was a male, not in full plumage. I have since learned
that the Bed Crossbill has remained during the season in the vicinity of
Cleveland in considerable numbers, and is reported to have nested there."
la commenting on this note (Ohio Geol. Survey, Vol. IV., Zoology and
Botany, p. 317), Dr. Wheaton says: " I was unable to learn whether its
nest had been actually discovered," and adds : " It has been known to
nest in Indiana within a few years." I regret very much that I have
been unable to get any clue whatever to the authority upon which this
statement is made. Prof. A. J. Cook in writing of the Birds of Michigan
says of the American Crossbill : " Occasional in summer. Dr. H. A. At-
kins took nests of this species at Locke, July 13, 1880." It had previonsly
been reported as breeding in Minnesota. In July and August, 1880, they
were noted at Rugby, Tenn. (The Oologist, Vol. V., pp. 78-9; Bull. Nutt.
Orn. Club, Vol. VI., pp. 56-7.) Dr. C. Hart Merriam notes it as an "abund-
ant resident" in the Adirondack region. He says it is " rather scarce and
irregular in summer, but the commonest bird in winter and early spring.
Breeds in February and March while the snow is still four or five feet
deep on the level and the temperature below zero (Fahr.). Have taken
full fledged young in April." (Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, Vol. VI., p. 229.)

Mr. C. W. Beckham (Birds of Nelson County, Kentucky : Ky. Geol. Surv.,
p. 24), says: "A flock of six or eight of these birds appeared here on
November 18, 1882 on some pine trees, the first time I had ever observed
them. They remained only a day or two, and none were seen until the
17th of March following, when I shot eight out of a flock of about twenty,

6.1

in the same place where they had previously been seen. Several Hocks
were observed about the same time near Bloomfield and Glenville in this
county, and excited considerable comment on account of their queer
bills. The weather at the time was quite mild, so that their appearance
here was probably due to some other cause."

The winter of 1S82-3 they were unusually abundant in many localities
between the great lakes and the Ohio river. Prof. B. W. Evermann first
observed them at Bloomington, Indiana, February 10, 1893. This was the
second record for the state. For some time after they were common in
Monroe county. March 15, 1883, Mr. E. R. Quick reported having seen a
single specimen near Brookville, Indiana. April 2, my attention was at-
tracted to a peculiar crackling sound which came from among the pine trees
in my yard at Brookville. Close investigation revealed the fact that the
cause was a lot of Crossbills. They were shelling the seeds out of the pine
-cones and the breaking of the cone scales made the sound which attracted
my attention. I observed others were upon the ground feeding upon the
seeds of the fallen cones. April 3 I saw six more in my yard. April 4
I saw one in a flock of Pine Finches. April 5 Mr. Quick noted one. Of
those observed but one was in the red plnmage. Prof. B. W. Evermann
saw a few at Delphi, Carroll County, Indiana, the middle of March, 1883.
At the same place about twelve were seen December 26, 1884. Mr. J. W.
Byrkit informs me that they were very abundant at Michigan City, Ind.,
in the winter of 1883-4. Miss IT. E. Colfax, in her report of the bird noted
at the light house, at the same place, gives it January 16, 1884. In the
winter of 1883-4 Prof. Evermann reported them very common in Monroe
County, Ind. The Ornithologist and Oologist, Vol. VIII., p. 68, contains an
account by A. H. Helme of their breeding April 10, 1883, near Miller's Point,
L. I. Mr. Robert Ridgway (The Auk. Vol. I., p. 292), notes the proba-
ble breeding of the Red Crossbill in central Maryland in May, 1884. Mr. F.
C. Brown reported their breeding in Eastern Massachusetts in the summer
of 1884 (The Auk., Vol. II., p. 105^. In the winter of 1884-5 they were tol-
erably common in Monroe county, Ind. (W. S. Blatchley, Hoosier Natu-
ralist, 1886, p. 170). The late Mr. C. H. Bollman noted them " quite com-
mon," in the same county through March, April and early May 1885.
He saw them first March 2, and last observed them May 12. Mr. J.
W. Byrkit informed me that he saw the first Crossbills for the year March
24, 1885. He adds : " I am not quite positive but think the Crossbill
breeds here (Michigan City), as they make their appearance about this

66'

time and leave for the north about the middle of May." Mr. Charles
Pury informed me they were abundant at Michigan City, Ind., one win-
ter, which he thinks was 1885. He also reported Pine Finches and Red-
polls from the same locality the same year. Prof. B. W. Evermann re-
ported it from Carroll County, Ind., March 27. 1885. I am indebted to
Mr. E. M. Kindle for the information that Mr. Sam Hunter reported a
pair of American Crossbills to have bred at Bloomington. Ind. in 1885.
Mr. Hunter informed him they nested in a pine tree and that the nest
was made exclusively of pine burrs. Mr. R. R. Moffitt informs me that
Red Crossbills were taken in Tippecanoe County, Ind., in 1885. He says
they nested there. Prof. B. W. Evermann noted them at Camden, Ind.,
March 27 and April 13, 1885, also a large flock at Burlington, Ind., April
23, 1885.

Mr. Wm. Brester reported it?- occurrence in the mountains of Western
North Carolina in the summer of 1S85 (The Auk., Vol. III., p. 107) and
says : " .Seen only on the Black Mountains where it was numerous in
small flocks throughout the balsam forests above 5.000 feet. At High-
lands I was told that it regularly appeared in winter about the outskirts
of the town." Mr. Charles W. Richmond (The Auk., Vol. V., p. 22), gives
upon the authority of Mr. Hugh M. Smith, the information that an adult
male American Crossbill, accompanied by a young bird, was seen May 17,
1885, within the District of Columbia. Prof. L. L. Dyche reports the
occurrence, in the winter of 1885-6 of the Western Red Crossbill, Loxia
cwrviroslra stricklandi, at Lawrence, Emporia, Manhattan and Wakarusa,
Kan. They were first observed November 1, 1885, and were last seen
January 26, 1886 (The Auk., Vol. III., pp. 258-2(11). The following winter
I was fortunate in securing, through the kindness of Mr. A. O. Garrett, a
series of specimens of Loxia currirostra minor from Lawrence, Kan. March
13 and 14, 1SS7. he obtained four which he sent me, and later he sent me
nine others which were taken March 24 and 25. The meeting of the
range of these two forms is of considerable interest. Prof. B. W. Ever-
mann reports a crossbill, species not determined, from Bloomington, Ind..
February 23, 1886, and another March 8, 1886. The same authority states
thelateMr.C.Il. Bollman found a few specimens of the Red Crossbill
near Bloomington, Ind., July 10, 13 and 14,188(1. Mr. Arthur P. Chad-
bourn says, in the summer of 188(3 it was found in the White Moun-
tains, N. H. (The Auk., Vol. IV., p. 105). Mr. George B. Sennett, in
the same volume, p. 242, gives an account of finding this species in

the mountains on the borders of North Carolina and Tennessee in July
and August 1886. Mr. Arthur T. Wayne, in the same volume, pp. 287-289,
notes their abundance near Yemassee, S. C, in November and December,
1886, and in January and February, 1887. He noted them again in the
same vicinity November 20, 1887 (The Auk., Vol. V., p. 115), also during
January, 1888 (Ibid, p. 208). Mr. Frank M. Chapman also reports them
from Aiken, S. C, November 12, 1887, (Ibid, p. 324). Mr. G. G. William-
son observed them in Monroe County, Ind., January 18 and February 6,

1886. Mr. J. G. Parker reports them from Lake County, Ind., in May,

1887. In the fall of 1887, I again observed them at Brookville, Ind. They
came to feed among the pines in my yard. October 29 several were seen
and they last appeared November 19. Prof. Walter Faxon and Dr. J. A.
Allen give it as common in the White Mountains, N. H., in July 1874,
June 1885 and June 1886 (The Auk., Vol. V.. p. 152.) Dr. J. A. Allen on the
next page of the same number of " The Auk," speaks of a pair of Ameri-
can Crossbills taken at Mandeville, La., March 27, 1888. Prof. B. W. Ev-
ermann found them in Vigo County, Indiana in the spring of 1888. They
were first seen February 6 and disappeared May (i. Mr. J. 0. Snyder
found them at Waterloo, Ind., March 13 and 17, 1888. Mr. H. N. McCoy
informs me they were quite common in Wayne county, Ind., in the early
part of 1888. They were last seen April 5. Mr. G. G. Williamson saw
six or eight individuals near Muncie, Ind., April 17, 1888. May 4 he saw
three others. Mr. Otho C. Poling notes their occurrence in Adams county,
111. He gives no account of their occurrence in summer (The Auk., Vol.
VII., p. 239). Mr. John A. Balmer, informs me these Crossbills were
found in the vicinity of Vincennes, Ind. in the winter of 1888-9. Mr. J.
F. Clearwaters told .me of the capture of two of these birds in Putnam
county, Ind., in the winter of 1888. A flock of American Crossbills was
seen by Mr. J. O. Snyder at Waterloo, Ind., April 27, 1889. Mr. Stewart
E. White informs me he found them common on Mackinack Island,
Mich., August 3 to August 9, 1S89. Mr. H. W. McBride wrote me of tak-
ing three specimens at Waterloo, Ind., April 2, 1890. February 14, 1891,
Mr. Stewart E. White saw six at Grand Rapids, Mich. He next noted the
species March 16. He says it is quite rare in that vicinity. Mr. J. F.
Clearwaters gave me the following account of their occurrence in Putnam
county, Ind.: "On July 27, 1891, Jesse Earll was down beside the old
mill pond, where we collect all our water birds, and noticed five birds on
the ground, apparently probing in the mud with their bills. As they

68

rose he shot one which proved to be a male Red Crossbill in breeding
plumage. He preserved the skin and still has it. The others were
females or young, as he says none of them had any red on them."

Mr. Jonathan Dwight reported the American Crossbill on North Moun-
tain, Penn., in June, 1891. (The Auk. Vol. IX., p. 137.) Dr. B. H. War-
ren, in his admirable " Report on the Birds of Pennsylvania," p. 228,
gives it as breeding in the counties of Clinton, Clearfield, Luzerne, Ly-
coming and Canieron in that state.

March 1, 1892, Messrs. A. B. Ulrey and E. M. Kindle report seeing six in
Monroe county, Ind. Mr. G. G. Williamson noted six near Muncie, Ind.,
April 16, 1892, and another April 24. Messrs. Charles D. and Lewis A.
Test have kindly sent me the following interesting notes from the obser-
vations of the spring of 1892. The notes were taken near Lafayette, Ind.
March 8, 1892, they saw the first American Crossbill. They were seen
on the following succeeding dates: March 11; April 15, 19, 23 and 30;
May 1, 3, 6, 8, IS, 20, 21, 27 and 30; June 2, 6, 22, 23, 27 and 30. The birds
were seen in pine trees and also in yards and along the road. Search was
made for nests but none were found. I am indebted to Mr. Otto Wid-
raann for some valuable rotes relating to the American Crossbill in Mis-
souri last winter and spring and summer (1891-2). He says: " I never
suspected these cone loviDg nomads to descend into a country so fiat and
uninteresting as St. Louis county, Mo., where nature never rears a cone
without the help of the gardener. Thousands of young evergreens, especi-
ally Norway Spruces, have been planted during the past decade, but old
cone- bearing conifers are tew and far between. There are on my place,
besides a few Norway Spruces, eighteen pine trees about thirty years old.
Half of them are Austrian pines, the rest White and Scotch pines. Coni-
ferous trees do not bear fruit every year, but last winter the Austrian
pines were full of cones, getting ready to drop the seeds in early spring.
Besides the maturing pine seeds our section had another attraction for
erratic fruit eaters in the orchards. The apple trees had yielded an enor-
mous crop and the demand not being sufficiently great to gather them in
time, thousands of apples were still hangiDg in the trees when the Cross-
bills appeared on the scene. It was in the orchard that they made their
appearance on November 13— the day after the first ' blizzard ' had visited
the upper Missouri valley. From this day on, the Crossbills remained in
the neighborhood until the end of the month but none were here in De-
cember and January — at least I did not notice any until they began to

69

visit my pine trees in February. They were daily visitors all through
March and until the 17th of April. From that day until May 8th none
were seen, but from the 8th to the 14th they were again daily callers.
After this date they were noticed twice ; a party of six on June 5th, and
two birds a male and female, in one of my pines on July 21st. I looked
for their nest in the tree but, unfortunately it was not there ! I think
now that I have met with the species on several occasions in former years
but did not know them. Frequenters of private gardens they were only
seen when on wing or distant tree tops, and evaded identification. With
us it is a shy and restless bird, easily alarmed and flying a great distance.
Before taking wing and while in the air they are quite noisy with a note
closely resembling the parent call of Progne ; but when feeding in a pine
tree the whole troop keeps perfectly silent, and nothing is heard but the
noise made by breaking the cone scales. When present in May they are
also feeding in elms." Mr. W. S. Blatchley gives me the following notes :
•' While sitting on the porch of a farm house in Putnam county, Indiana,
July 11, 1892, I saw a single Cjofsbih, Loxia cur cirosir a minor, alight in the
top of a pine tree in the yard and begin searching the cones for seeds. I
watched it for almost ten minutes and then, that there might be no pos-
sibility of mistake in the identification, procured a gun and shot it. It
proved to be a young male. On July 15 another young male, i. e. a male
presumably of the previous year's hatching, was secured from the same
tree and kept in confinement for several days, but was finally allowed its
liberty."

The American Crossbills have, as has been shown, been noted within
the region between the great lakes and the Ohio river in the follow-
ing winters: 1868-9; 1869-70; 1874-5; 1882-3; 1883-4; 1884-5; 1885-6;
1887-8; 1888-9; 1889-90; 1890-91; 1891-2. From 1882 to 1892 they were
only absent one year; 1886-7. In the winters of 1882-3, 1884-5, 1887-8
the area of dispersal was wide anil the birds seem to have been generally
distributed. Other years as 1868-9, 1869-70, 1883-4, they appeared, or at
least were observed, in but few localities but where noted they were
abundant.

The results of the inquiries concerning its summer ran»e, particularly
with relation to the Ohio valley and the territory adjacent thereto, have
been wholly unexpected. Summing up the occurrence in summer and
the evidence of its breeding in the region last referred to we note as fol-
lows: In the summer of 1869 they were abundant in the vicinity of

70

Chicago, both in Illinois and Indiana. In the summer of 1878 they were
found at Columbus, O., and abundantly at Cleveland, where it was re-
ported to have bred. Dr. Wheaton refers to their having nested in In-
diana as a fact well known to him. Dr. H. A. Atkins is said to have taken
nests of this species near Locke, Michigan, in 1880. The spring of 1885
they were common at Michigan City, lad., and Mr. Byrkit thought they
might have nested. In the summer of 1885 they were reported to have
nested in Tippecanoe county, Ind. The same summer they are reported
to have nested at Bloomington, Ind. They were reported from Monroe
county, Ind., three different dates in July 188u. They were reported from
Putnam county, Ind., in the summers of 1891 and 1892. They remained
throughout a part of the summer of 1892 at Lafayette, Ind. They re-
mained even later at Old Orchard, Mo., in 1892.

These notes but serve to bring more clearly to mind the peculiar, erra-
tic character of the bird, of which we have known, to some degree, before.
The notes would also seem to indicate that much of our lack of data is
due to the scarcity of observers in years past. A few years ago the col-
lection of data regarding almost any species of bird from Indiana, or al-
most any other state, would have been impossible. It is not improbable,
could we begin with the abundance of Crossbills at Cincinnati in 1868-9,
with a number of intelligent observers equal to that available now, we could
have a collection of observations covering its whole range between the
< >hio river and the lakes and perhaps including its movements for almost
every year. Those blank years do not necessarily signify that it was
wanting in the territory studied, but that for some one of a great many
reasons, it was not observed. The erratic distribution of the species ap-
plies as well to its summer range as to that in winter. It seems very prob-
able that the species breeds to some extent throughout the < )hio Valley
It is true that no specimens representing either the nest or eggs have
been, so far as I know, preserved. Yet the evidence presented indicates
that the breeding range of the species in the United States is not confined
to the coniferous forests of the mountain ranges.

Loxia lencoptera, White-winged Ckosstull. This species is not met with
in the Ohio valley so often as the last mentioned form. Its range lies far-
ther to the northward. Its distribution within the Cnited kStates, both
in winter and summer, is much less extensive than is that of the Ameri-
can Crossbill. Audubon mentions its breeding in Pennsylvania in sum-
mer, but this is probably an exceptional case. Dr. .1. M. Wheaton gave

71

it in his catalogue of Birds of Ohio, in 1861. Mr. Charles Dury found
them abundant in the vicinity of Cincinnati, <>., in the winter of 1868-9,
in company with the last mentioned species, lie says, ''they were in
large flocks containing both species in the proportion of two of the for-
mer to one of the latter" (the present) " species." Mr. C. E. Aiken in-
forms me that this species was in company with the American Crossbill
when they were so common in the vicinity of Chicago in the summer of
1869. He also noted them in Lake county, Ind., the latter part of August
of that year. He says they displayed the same habits as the preceding
species. His recollection is that the White winged form was less abund-
ant, a little later in their arrival, and more wary. They remained through
the winter. Prof. A. J. Cook informs me that one was killed by Dr. H. A.
Atkins, at Locke, Mich., Aug. 9, 1875. A pair of White- winged Crossbills
were taken at Fort Wayne, Ind., about 1878. The female is now in the
collection of Mr. C. A. Stockbridge of that city. Mr. W. L. Scott notes
the occurrence of a flock of White-winged Crossbills near Ottawa, Canada,
towards the latter part of June 1882 (The Auk., Vol. I., p. 159). Mr.
Fletcher M. Noe notes the occurrence of this species near Indianapolis,
Ind., in the early part of 1883. February li, 188:!, Prof. B. W. Evermann
shot two males from a flock of iifteen of these birds in a yard at Bloom-
ington, In<l. February 10 he secured a female, and a few days later, two
other specimens near the same place. Miss H. E. Colfax reports it from
Michigan City, Ind., June 26, 1884. Mr. J. A\T. Byrkit found both species
together in large docks near Michigan City, Ind., the winter of 1883-4.
Mr. Charles Dury reports it from Michigan City, Ind., he thinks in 1885.
Faxon and Allen report seeing a few in the White Mountains, N. II.,
June 1886. (The Auk., Vol. V.. p. 152.) Hun. P. Wes McBride has noted
it as a winter visitor in DeKalb county, Ind. Dr. C. Hart Merriam gives
it as a resident in the Adirondack region but adds, comparing it with the
American Crossbill, 'not nearly so common as the last." (Bull. Nutt.
Orn. Club, Vol. VI., p. 229). Prof. B. W. Evermann informs me that he
saw one in his brother's yard at Burlington, Ind. He says, " after watch-
ing it for a while I struck it with a stick, killing it." March 16 he saw
another specimen of this species at Camden, Ind.

The only instance I know of its occurring in the Ohio valley in summer
is that given by the late Mr. C. H. Bollman. He wrote me that he saw
eleven on a fir tree in Bloomington, Ind., June 24th, 1886. A few days
later he several times noted specimens of the other species.

72

Everywhere in the Ohio valley this species seems to be quite rare and
exceedingly irregular in its occurrence. Mr. E. W. Nelson and Mr. Otto
Poling note it as much less common in Illinois than formerly. With
the exception of the winter of 1868-9 and the succeeding summer I do not
know of its having appeared in any considerable numbers in any of the
tier of states just north of the Ohio river.

Notice of a terrapin to be restored to the fauna of Indiana. By 0. P.
Hay.

ration of birds and one of insects. I >y T. B. Redding

The South American cat fishes belonging to. Cornell University. I'.y

E. M. Kindle.

[Abstract. |

Some years ago, the late Charles Frederick Hartt made a collection of
fishes in South America, which he gave to Cornell University. This col-
lection had never been studied until last spring, when it was sent to Dr.
Eigenmann. The cat fishes in it were turned over to me to identify. In
the identification of these I have used Dr. and Mrs. Eigenmann's " Re-
vision of the South American Nematognathi." I have also had the use
of Dr. Eigenmann's private library, which contains nearly all of the pub-
lished literature on South American fishes. In the identification of doubt-
ful species I have had the assistance of Dr. Eigenmann.

The collection contains nineteen genera and twenty-seven species, dis-
tributed among the three families, Loricariidse, Siluridrc. and Callich-
thyida,and their sub-families.

Two new species have been found in the collection. One of these be-
longs to the genus Ilassar. The name vrilderi is proposed for it in honor of
Prof. Wilder, of Cornell University. It is represented by four specimens
from the Tocontins river. The other new species belongs to the genus
Hemiancistrus, all of whose species are apparently rare. It has been named
longipinnis in reference to the long dorsal.

73

The collection is mainly from the Amazon and the LaPlata, and their
tributaries. The waters of the Amazon, the LaPlata, and the Orinoco are
united through their tributaries, and so far as their fish fauna is concerned
form but one river system. The fish fauna of any one of these rivers is
therefore very similar to that of the others. The only genus which was
considered peculiar to the LaPlata fauna is Cochliodon. This genus I find
represented in the collection by four specimens from Marajo, near the
mouth of the Amazon; so there is now no genus from the LaPlata which
is not also found in the Amazon's system. These specimens, which be-
long to the species Cochliodon cochliodon, are of further interest inasmuch
as the genus and species has heretofore been known only from the types
in the Museum of Vienna.

From the Rio San Francisco there are but four specimens, all of a species
common to the mouths of the east coast rivers of Brazil. The rivers of
southeast Brazil, which Dr. Eigenmann has shown to have a fish fauna
distinct from that of the Amazon to the north and the LaPlata to the
south, are not represented in the collection. Lake Titicaca is represented
by a single specimen, Pygidium rivulatura. This species, with Rhamdia
quelen, are the only cat fishes found in Lake Titicaca. Both of these are
alpine forms characteristic of the mountain streams of the Peruvian Andes.

HOW THE COLLEGES COULD AID THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS IN TEACHING BIOLOGICAL

subjects. By W. W. Norman.

The Ichthyologjc features of the Black Hills region.* By B. W. Ever-

MANN.

[ ABSTRACT.!

Last September I was directed by the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and
Fisheries to make certain investigations in Iowa, Nebraska, South Dakota
and Wyoming lor the purpose of determining the advisability of estab-
lishing one or more fish-cultural stations in those states, and if it should
be found desirable to establish stations in that region, to determine the
most suitable places for their location.

Investigations of this kind require a more or less careful study of the

-Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fish
;»nd Fisheries.

74

physical, chemical and biological features of the streams and lakes of the
region under consideration, for these in their various phases are the forces
or conditions which constitute the fish- environment, and which determine
the abundance, condition and distribution of the fish life of each hydro-
graphic basin.

While carrying on these investigations, I spent the greater part of the
month of October in and about the Black Hills, and it is to some of the
biologic characteristics of that region that I desire to call your attention.

The Black Hills are, as you are aware, an isolated mountain group lying
in southwestern South Dakota and eastern Wyoming. These Hills lie
wholly within the basin of the Cheyenne River, which is formed by the
union of the North and South Forks. The North Fork of the Cheyenne,
or the Belle Fourche, as it is usually called, has its rise west of the Hills,
flows around them on the north side, and to the eastward joins the South
Fork which also rises west of the Hills and sweeps around them to the
southward in a wide curve very much like that of the Belle Fourche on
the north.

The immediate drainage of the Hills is by means of numerous smaller
streams, nearly all of which flow eastward in approximately parallel
courses to one or the other of the two Forks, those flowing into the Belle
Fourche doing so from the right bank, while those reaching the South
Fork flow into it from the left bank. During our stay in this region we
made collections of fishes in the following streams : Middle, Sand, Red-
water, Crow, Chicken, Spearfish. Whitewood, Beaver, Rapid, Flk, Fall,
Warm. Cold, Minnekahta, and Cottonwood creeks, the Belle Fourche and
the South Fork of the Cheyenne, and in Montana and Cox's lakes, nearly
all of which are well supplied with certain species of fishes. The study of
these collections has opened up a number of interesting questions in geo-
graphic distribution.

The fish fauna of that portion of the Missouri system lying in and about
the Black Hills is peculiarly restricted in its character. The fifteen
species contained in this collection, — and no other species has ever been
reported from any definite locality of this region, — represent but four
families, viz.: two catfishes, four suckers, eight minnows, and one member
of the codfish family. Fight of the fifteen species belong to one family,
the Cyprinidx. Not a single species of spiny-rayed fish has been found in
the streams about the Hills, and it is not likely that any will be found
there. Many of the streams in or near the Hills would apparently turn-

ish congenial homes for sunfishes, bass, and even several species of dart-
ers. That these are not there must be due to the nature of the lower
courses of the streams draining the hills, and that of the Cheyenne, to
which they are all tributary. The Cheyenne is ordinarily a shallow
stream whose waters are always more or less alkaline and filled with solid
matter in suspension from the extremely easily eroded country through
which it flows. The lower courses of the streams flowing from the Hills
are through the same Cretaceous beds and partake of the same character.
Only those species with which the struggle has become most severe will
be driven to seek protection and food in the muddy, alkaline streams, and
they alone would eventually find their way into the purer, clearer waters
above. This, of course, means the soft-rayed, non-rapacious lishes, the
suckers and minnows and other mud-loving forms.

The spiny-rayed species are aggressive, extending their attacks to all
weaker forms about them, while the soft rayed species are defensive, and
seek protection in retreat. A spiny rayed fish has no occasion to ascend
into the muddy, alkaline and uncongenial portions of these streams ; the
only thing which would cause him to do so would be a quest for foo 1, but
he finds it easier and more agreeable to get food of sufficient quantity and
quality where he is. Not so with the soft-rayed fish ; he must not only
search for suitable food, but he must also see that his enemy, the spiny-
rayed fish, does not catch him. The attacks of his enemies were proba-
bly the first cause impelling him to take refuge in the turbid water. Find-
ing suitable and sufficient food in this new environment, and total relief
from the persecutions of his old enemies, he finds the struggle for exist-
ence easy, the surroundings in time become bearable and perhaps agree-
able, he moves about at will through all parts of the muddy stream and
even into the headwaters where, still finding an abundant food supply
and none of his old enemies, he is content to make his home.

Before mining began in the Hills in 1875 and 1870, nearly every stream
possessed all the natural conditions necessary to make it an excellent
trout stream. The waters were clear and cold, not subject to contamina-
tion from any gource, and suitable food, such as insects and insect larva.
and the smaller Crustacea and mollusca, was undoubtedly found then, as
now, in abundance. With the exception of a few streams which are now
ruined by mining operations, the creeks of this region are yet excellent
lor trout.

The explanation for their absence is practically the same as that which

account* for the absence of spiny-rayed fishes. Land barriers have evi-
dently proved competent to prevent trout getting in from the headwaters
of the trout streams to the westward, and the mud and alkali which
they encountered in the lower portion of the Yellowstone, the Missouri
and the Big Cheyenne have as certainly proved an impassable barrier
from that direction. Among the many regions of the United States
which possess the necessary natural conditions for trout, the Black Hills
district is the only one of any considerable area, if we except portions of
the Yellowstone National Park, in which one or more species of Salmon-
idee are not or have not been indigenous. The absence of trout and all
other species of fish from the various lakes and streams of the Yellow-
stone National Park (e. g. Lewis and Shoshone lakes, Gibbon, Firehole
and Little Firehole rivers, and Indian, Glen, Nez Perce1 and Sentinel
creeks) is undoubtedly accounted for by the presence of impassable falls
where these waters leave the great rhyolite sheet which covers the Park,
as shown by the investigations made by Dr. Jordan in 1889. The presence
of trout in Yellowstone Lake and tributary streams, notwithstanding the
fact that the outlet of Yellowstone lake (Yellowstone River) has two enor-
mous falls which wholly prevent the ascent of fish, is quite evidently due
to the most interesting and curious fact that there is a continuous water-
way furnishing easy passage for trout from the upper tributaries of Snake
River, by way of Two-Ocean Pass, into the upper Yellowstone River. That
Yellowstone Lake could have been, and almost certainly way, stocked in
this way from the Columbia basin, was demonstrated by the investiga-
tions which I made during my visit to Two-Ocean Pass in August, 1891.

The presence of trout in the upper tributaries of the Colorado, Rio
Grande, Arkansas, and Platte, whose lower courses are, in some cases at
least, not unlike those of the Cheyenne and Missouri, is a matter whose
explanation is not without some difficulties. The relationships of the
various species or sub-species of Salmo found in these different basins
are very close and indicate a common origin at no remote date. Whether
they are all descended from a form which came up from the Pacific coast or
one from the Atlantic cannot be certainly known, though the bulk of the
evidence points to the former view. But whatever may have been the
fact, it is certain that the headwaters of the Columbia, Colorado, Rio
Grande, Arkansas, and Platte have been connected in some way at some
time or other, thus permitting the trout to spread into these various basins.
That there are no trout in the Chevenne basin would seem to indicate that

the streams of this system became separated and differentiated as a dis-
tinct drainage system earlier than did those of the Platte, Arkansas, Rio
Grande, Colorado, or Columbia, or else that they are streams of more re-
cent origin and have never been connected at any time with any of the
streams containing trout. Such a history as this for the Cheyenne, to-
gether with the shallow, muddy, alkaline character of its lower portion,
seems to be a reasonable explanation of the absence of trout from the
Black Hills *

The effect of the peculiar alkali water of the Cheyenne and the lower
course of the streams flowing from the Black Hills has been to reduce the
fishes to a nearly uniform pale, faded or bleached appearance. Except
those found above the alkali water, they are almost wholly without pig-
ment cells of any kind. Perhaps the most extreme case of bleaching is
that of the flat-headed minnow, Platygobio gracilis, which, of all American
fishes, seems to be the one most perfectly adapted to these alkali streams.

The following is a list of the species of fishes obtained in the Black
Hills and vicinity :

SILCRID/K, OR CATFISHES.

1 . Noturus jiaviis Rafinesque. Yellow Cat. South Fork of Cheyenne
River at Cheyenne Falls, and Belle Fourche River at Belle Fourche.

2. Ictalurus punctalus (Raf.) Channel Cat. Middle Creek at Belle
Fourche.

CATOSTOMIDJE, OH SUCKERS.

o. Carpiodes car j no (Raf.) Carp Sucker. Found by us only in the Belle
Fourche.

4. Pantosttux jordani Evermann. This species recently described by
me as new (Bull. IT. S. Fish Com., XII., Art. 2, 51-56, January 27, 1893,)
was found by us in most of the streams of the Black Hills, viz : White-
wood, Spearfish, Crow, Rapid and Hat creeks, and in the Belle Fourche.
For full description, see the Bulletin mentioned above.

5. Catostomus teres sucklii Girard. Common Western Sucker. Found in
Middle, Crow, Chicken, Rapid, Cottonwood and Hat creeks, and in the
Belle Fourche.

6. Moxostoma macrolepidotum duquesnii (Le Sueur.) The Belle Fourche
and South Fork of the Cheyenne, and in Redwater Creek.

*In his paper on " The North American Species of Salmon and Trout," printed in the
U. S. Fish Commission Report for 1872-1873, Dr. Suckley, in giving the habitat of Salnm
leivisi(S. mi/kiss), credits it to the " Black Hills, Nebraska, Dr. Hayden." I have been un-
able to verify this reference, and I believe it to be an error.

I'VPRINID.K, OR MINNOWS.

7. Hybognathas nuchalis placita Grd. Western Silvery Minnow. Cot-
tonwood, Hat, and Middle creeks, and South Fork of Cheyenne and Belle
Fourche rivers.

8. Pimephales promelas Raf. Black-headed Minnow. Middle, Rapid,
Cottonwood, and Hat creeks.

9. Notropis deliciosus (Grd.) Middle, Rapid, Cottonwood, and Hat creeks,
and Belle Fourche River.

10. Rhinichthys dulcis (Grd.) Western Dace. Whitewood, Chicken,
Crow, Rapid, Cottonwood, and Hat Creeks, Cook's Pond, near Spearfish,
and Fall River.

11. Couesius dissimilis (Grd.) Found only in Rapid Creek.

12. Platygobio gracilis (Rich.) Flat-headed Minnow. Middle, Cotton-
wood, and Hat creeks, and Belle Fourche and South Fork of Cheyenne
rivers, in all of which it is abundant.

13. Semotilus atromaculalus (Mitch.) Chub. Found only in Chicken,
Crow, and Rapid Creeks. These are the most western localities from which
this fish has been reported.

14. Leuciscus neog.rus (Cope.) Found by us only in Cox's Lake and
Chicken Creek, near Gammon's ranch, S. D.

GADID.K, OK COD-FISHES.

15. Lota lota maculosa (Le Sueur. ) One specimen obtained at Cheyenne
Falls. This is the only fresh water representative of the codfish family.

These fifteen species are, so far as known, the odIv fishes found native to
the Black Hills. It is the intention to continue the investigations in that
region during a portion of the coming summer, when it is expected that
the exact limits in the range of at least some of these species may be
made out. It is especially desirable to determine in what streams the
spiny- rayed fishes make their nearest approach to this region.

The ptarmigan of the Aleutian islands. By B. W. Evermann.
[Abstract.]
It was my good fortune to spend the six months from March to Septem-
ber, 1892, on board the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, which
was engaged during that time investigating the habits, abundance and
distribution of the fur-seal in the North Pacific and Bering sea. While

carrying on these investigations we touched at a number of places on the
mainland of Alaska, and while cruising along the Aleutian chain of
islands we visited most of those which are inhabited.

While the study of the birds of these regions was only an incidental
part of my work, nevertheless I had opportunity to make considerable
collections at Alexandrovsks and Saldovoi in Cook's Inlet, at Nuchek in
Prince William Sound, on Kadiak Island, TJnalaska, Amaknak, Atka and
Attu islands, also upon Bering Island of the Commander group.
Among these is a series of ptarmigan that is of much interest.

The species represented are the following : Willow Ptarmigan (Lagopus
lagopus) and Rock Ptarmigan (L. rupestris) from Kadiak Island, Nelson's
Ptarmigan (L. rupestris nelsoni) from Amaknak and Unalaska islands,
Turner's Ptarmigan (L. rupestris atkensis) from Atka Island, and an undes-
cribed species from the island of Attu, the most westerly of the Aleutian
chain.

The two species from Kadiak Island were collected April loand 14, and
are interesting as showing the plumage at that season. The Willow
Ptarmigan ranges near the bases of the mountains and amoD.ir the sparse
willow growth of the lower portions of the island. At the time of our
visit the snow had melted from considerable areas frequented by this
species, while higher up the mountains, where we found the Rock
Ptarmigan, and where there is little or no woody vegetation, the snow
covering everything completely.

The principle of adaptation to environment was clearly illustrated by
these two species. The one whose range was in the region still covered
entirely with snow had not yet begun to change from winter to summer
plumage, not one of the sixty odd specimens collected showing a single
brown feather ; the plumage of every one was a solid white. Not so,
however, with the Willow Ptarmigan. Their plumage had already begun
to change gradually with the slowly melting snow, and in most cases the
head and neck had almost completely changed to the summer brown,
while brown feathers were scattered here and there through the rest of
the plumage.

It is easy to see that it is greatly to the advantage of each of these
species to change from winter to summer plumage synchronously with
the melting snows ; too rapid or premature change as well as change too
long delayed would defeat the object of protective coloraiion.

Specimens of Nelson's Ptarmigan were obtained May 10 and 20, and

80

others in June. Those obtained in May had changed considerably
toward the summer dress, while those taken in June were in complete
breeding plumage. On May 24 I spent the day on Atka Island, and se-
cured a dozen good specimens of Turner's Ptarmigan. They were usually
found low down, either in the lowest heather or among the tall dead
grass of the lowest hills. They were always seen in pairs, and were
evidently mated. When flushed the male utters a coarse, gutteral note,
not distinguishable by me from that of Nelson's. Most of their crops
were empty, but some were filled with leaves of Empetrum nigrum. While
the higher parts of the island were still covered with snow, the portions
where we found the ptarmigan wrere almost wholly free of snow, and
these birds were, as might be expected, in almost complete summer
plumage.

The various species of ptarmigan are, as you know, non-migratory, in
this respect resembling our native quail of Indiana; and the individuals
found upon any particular island are, of course, practically limited to
that one island. That ptarmigan are found upon several islands of the
Aleutian chain is due either to the fact that the different islands were at
one time connected, thus permitting the ptarmigan to spread over the
entire area, or else that individual birds now and then found their way to
other islands by being carried across by strong winds. Individuals thus
carried to a new island remained there, of course, and, adapting themselves
to the new conditions, became well established. In time, the new condi-
tions, differing h :>v> ever slightly from those upon the island from which
they came, reacted upon these birds and modified them more or less,
until finally they became sufficiently differentiated to be easily distin-
guished from the ptarmigan of any other island. That differentiation of
this character does take place is a well known fact to every student of
insular faunas, and the ptarmigan of the Alaskan islands afford excellent
illustrations of this important principle. The investigations made by Dr.
Stejneger and Prof. Ridgway, some years ago, showed that the ptarmigan
of Unalaska Island, of Atka Island, and of Bering Island must be re-
garded as three distinct species, or sub-species.

Unalaska is about 500 miles from Kadiak ; Atka is nearly 400 miles
further west ; Attu is 500 miles west of Atka, and about 300 miles south-
east of Nikolski on Bering Island. It will thus be seen that the island
of Attu is quite as much isolated as are the others named, and I was
therefore very anxious to secure specimens of ptarmigan from that island

81

if possible. That ptarmigan were to be found upon Attu Island I knew
from the report of Mr. L. M. Turner, who visited the island in 1880-81 ,
but who appears not to have collected any specimens.

The Albatross anchored in Chichagof harbor, Attu Island, on the evening
of May 28, and I spent the next day on shore climbing over the snowy
mountain slopes in search of the ptarmigan ; and the search was re-
warded by our securing live fine specimens, four males and one female.
A comparison of these with the specimens which I had from Unalaska
iind Atka indicated that there are some well marked differences, and that
the Attu Ptarmigan is worthy of at least sub-specific rank. Upon re-
turning to Washington I turned the specimens over to the U. S. National
Museum, where they have been examined by Doctors Ridgway, Stejneger,
and Merriam, all of whom pronounce it a new and well-marked variety.

Local VARIATIONS. By C. H. ElGENMANN.
[Abstuact.]
A detailed comparison of about 400 specimens of Lenciscus from the
•Columbia basin and the Fraser basin showed that each locality has a
variety which in the aggregate was different from the varieties of every
other locality. The fin rays were found to decrease with the altitude, and
in a general way it was noticed that the variation between the specimens
of the same species also decreased with the altitude. These facts were
demonstrated by diagrams.

Modern geographical distribution of insects in Indiana. By F. M.
Webster.

He who studies geographical distribution is, at the very beginning,
"brought to understand that the area of any one state, or, indeed, any
single country, is far too limited in which to work out his problem, as in
the majority of cases the influences which make the presence of a species
possible lie, largely, outside the boundaries of such state. The ento-
mology of Indiana is only a fragment of the world's entomology and must
be studied in connection with its closely related factors. You will there-
fore, 1 hope, pardon me for beginning my subject at a long distance from
home and with elements seeming at first to have little to do with Indiana
insects.

6

82

There are currents of air in the heavens and currents of water in both
the oceans and inland streams, and all these have their iniiuence on in-
sect distribution. The influences of the Gulf stream of the Atlantic are
far reaching in their effects, as will be further explained, while the cor-
responding current, sweeping northward along the coast of eastern Asia
and south along the west coast of North America, is at present less im-
portant in its effects, owing largely, perhaps, to the Rocky Mountains and
the Great American Desert. There also seem to be currents of insect
migration. These, three in number, may be designated as follows : The

Map milica mg, approximately, the natural divide between the northern and southern
insect faunas, east of the Kocky Mountains.

Pacific coast, Northwestern and Southwestern. With the first we at pres-
ent have little to do, as owing, possibly, to the combined influences of the
mountains and desert intervening between us and the area directly in-
fluenced by it, we see little of the insect fauna of the Pacific coast. To the
influence of the Rocky Mountains I attribute the extension of Alaskan
forms southward to New Mexico. "Whether, with the barriers withdrawn,
these trans Pacific and sub-arctic species would drift eastward, is a problem
which will likely only be solved when some gigantic system of irrigation

shall cause these desert wastes to cover themselves with vegetation. The
other two have an influence on the insect fauna of Indiana which we can
as yet but vaguely understand. In a paper on " Some Insect Immigrants
in Ohio," read before the Ohio Academy of Science, and, later, published
in "Science," Vol. XXII., pp. 57-59, and from which notice the map
is extracted, we indicated the dividing line between these two currents of
insect migrations in the following terms :

" There are, seemingly, two what we may term gateways through which
the majority of species that have come to us from the east, have made
entrance into the state of Ohio, and, later, spread out over the northwest.
The first, and apparently the most important one of these, being at the
extreme northeastern part, adjoining Lake Erie, and which we might
term the north gate, and, second, the valley of the Ohio river, from a
point where it begins to form the eastern boundary of the state, south-
ward— perhaps to Wheeling, W. Va. Now, there also appear to be two
great national avenues or highways which insect migrations follow; pro-
gressing more rapidly along either one or the other, but not equally so
along both, and often following only one: the more sub-tropical species,
whether American or introduced, taking the southern or what I would
call the Great Southwestern route, while the sub arctic, including, besides
American, such species as have come to us from England or Europe north
of latitude 45° north, take what I would term the Great Northwestern
route. The division between these two great thoroughfares will be indi-
cated, approximately, by a line drawn from New York City, latitude
40° 43' north, to St. Louis, Missouri, latitude 38° 38' north, thence to
Pueblo, Colorado, latitude 38° 17' north (about), the line of separation
trending northward, east of St. Louis, under the influence of the Gulf
Stream and the Great Lakes, chiefly the former. Of course it is not to be
understood that this line is direct, as it is doubtless more or less irregular,
and, from its very nature, to some extent unstable, nor is it to be sup-
posed to form a radical boundary, as some northern forms gradually work
their way south of it, and vice versa. Yet it will, I think, be found ap-
proximately correct."

From the foregoing it will be clearly observed that Indiana is itself but
a single factor in the determination of the nature of its insect fauna, and,
while the extent of its area covered by a species may be largely a matter
of local influences, these are not by any means important factors in deter-
mining the exact locality where such species shall first appear within its

84

borders. This is quite aptly illustrated by Phytonomus punctatus, Fab., and
Hyksinus trifolii Muel.* These entered Ohio first at the extreme northeast
corner of the state, and there seems to have been a later introduction by
the southeast gateway, the current of the Ohio river carrying them down
and landing a colony of each in southeast Indiana and southwest Ohio,
thus completely disarranging what had previously seemed very probable,
viz : that both of these species would cross northern Ohio and make their
first entrance into the state from the northeast. As it is, they will proba-
bly not do so, but work to the north and west, the two invasions (a second
will probably occur in the northeast) meeting somewhere north of the
center, west or southwest of Ft. Wayne. Strange as it may appear, an
invasion of foreign or American species starting from Quebec, New
England or New York, makes its way westward to the south of the Great
Lakes instead of to the north. Therefore, species entering Indiana from
Michigan are of rare occurrence. Indeed, I do not know of a single one
whose advance can be with certainty traced to such a course. Aphodiw
fossor, Linn., may perhaps be an exception, as it is known to have worked
southward to Massachusetts from Canada. It was next found at Detroit,
Michigan, and I have seen specimens collected about Chicago, while Prof.
Wickham reports it from Iowa, he having found it in 1887. There are,
however, at present no good collectors in northern Ohio, and it might
have followed the usual route along to the south of Lake Erie.

Invasions have also swept over the state from the west, though not
many of these are recorded. Boryphora 10-lineata, Say, an American species,
will amply illustrate the fact of there being a current of insect migration
from west to east, as well as one taking the reverse course.

For anything we can now see, this system of currents and counter cur-
rents may have thus been going on for ages, and it is fruitless to attempt

* Note.— Since the above was written, I learn that this species has been reported from
northeast Iowa by Mr. Wallace, of Des Moines. Investigation, however, develops the
fact tbat this report is based on an injury to clover, supposed to have been done by this
beetle. There is no evidence showing that it has been observed in Iowa. Mr. E. A.
Schwarz, of Washington, reports it from Df troit, Michigan, and the report is doubtless
correct; therefore, it may now occur in extreme northeast Indiana, in accordance with
our previous anticipations. I wish also to call attention to the fact that this iDsect, in
European catalogues, is placed in the genus Hylastcs, and, so far as known to the writer,
has never bee n considered as belonging else whir re. If it belongs to this genus in Europe,
it should in the United States, since no striking anatomical changes would follow its
transportation from that country to this. If our genera are not in conformity with those
of the same name in other countries, then why use a preoccupied name? The idea that
this species shall be a Hylasinus in America and a Hyktstcs in Europe, is sheer nonsense
and should be corrected, either in one country or the other.

85

to show how many of our now thoroughly established species may have
been brought to the state in this manner. This much for the insect cur-
rent of migration that has passed over our great northwestern route.

In regard to the southwestern route, while it may be said to cover a
smaller area of the State, it has, probably, brought a less number of species
of foreign origin, while of American species, it may have supplied the
state fauna with nearly an equal number. Any one who will take the
pains to look into the matter will be surprised at the number of southern
species that are hovering about in the vicinity of our dividing line, which
marks either their approximate northern limit of occurrence, or else their
northern limit of normal abundance. Among the Lepidoptera, Agraulis
vanillse, Linn., is a good illustration, as it covers almost exactly the south-
ern area and is found in Indiana only in one of the extreme southern
counties. Argi/nnis diana, Cram., is probably another example. On the
other hand, Papilio aja.r, Linn., and P. crespliontes, Cram., both southern
species, have pushed over and far beyond our line of demarkation. Indeed,
it seems probable that the former has reached farther north in western
New York than it has along the Atlantic. The same might be said of one of
the Orthoptera, Acridium americanum, IScudd. I have observed this rarely
in southern DeKalb county, northern Illinois, and quite abundantly in
southern Illinois, and know it to occur sometimes in exceedingly great
numbers in southeast Indiana. It pushes far north of our dividing line,
but is abundant only near or to the south of it. The following from
" Field and Forest," Vol. II., p. 145, Feb., 1877, will prove interesting in
this connection:

"Acridium americanum. — Two correspondents, of the Department of
Agriculture, writing from Vevay, Indiana, about the middle of last Novem-
ber, reported the visitation in that place of an immense cloud of grass-
hoppers that literally covered the streets of the town. One of the gentle-
men observed, about 5 P. M., dense cumulo stratus clouds in the south-
west, gradually overspreading the sky ; at G o'clock the wind had risen to
moderate gusts, and within half an hour a rattling noise was heard against
the windows, like that of light hail. On opening the doors, grasshoppers
entered in immense numbers, covering the floors, furniture, clothing, &c.
The shower continued till 8 o'clock P. M., when the ground was thickly
covered, and the boys began to burn them, shoveling them into bonfires.
The specimen sent shows the insect to have been the Acridium americanum,
one of our largest American grasshoppers."

86

Stagmomantis Carolina, Burm., is an inhabitant of southern Indiana, and
breeds in the extreme southern portion, and, at least, as far north as Jef-
ferson county. I learn that a female was captured in Indianapolis last
year. The line given, however, marks its northern limit of usual occur-
rence. In Coleoptera, Di/nasles lityus, Linn., is a good example. It is a
southern species, occurring from Central America northeast to southern
New York. Its northern limit in Indiana is near the line given on the
accompanying map. It breeds in the vicinity of Bloomington, and I have
seen a specimen taken at Columbus. Tetracha virginica, Linn., whose dis-
tribution Schaupp gives as "Texas, Louisiana, Florida, Nebraska and
Pennsylvania," I have taken at LaFayette.

In Hemiptera, Murgantia histrioniea, Hahan, whose southern home is
Gautemala and Mexico, began its northward march from Texas about
1866, and has now reached northern New Jersey on the east, occurring in
southern Ohio, where it appeared about 1889. It has for quite a number
of years been observed in southern Illinois, but seems not to have appeared
in Indiana until 1890, when it was observed in Perry county. It also occurs
commonly over the southern half of Missouri, and, in fact, covering the
whole area south of our dividing line, and, as shown, crowding closely up
to it in Ohio, Indiana and Illinois, though it is not likely to extend far
beyond this in either of these states. Its slow progress and scanty num-
bers show it to have nearly reached its northern limit. There are two
other members of this order of whose local distribution I wish to speak,
the origin of both being enveloped in an obscurity altogether too dense to
offer any hope of our ever being able to solve the mysteries of their diffu-
sion. I refer to the Chinch bug, Bliss"* h ucopU rus, Say, and Cicada septen-
decim, Linn.

The Chinch bug was described by Say from a specimen from the east
shore of Virginia, though it is now known to have at that time occurred
in destructive numbers in Illinois, and at no great distance from New Har-
mony, Indiana. In fact, Illinois seems to have been the central point of
its greatest abundance— the storm center, so to speak. In Indiana, its
destructive area may be approximately included by a line drawn from the
northwest corner, near Chicago, to New Albany, and its area of occurrence
in noticeable numbers by a line drawn from the same point to Ft. Wayne
and the eastern border of Ohio. North of this line, especially in the
northern row of counties, the insect can only be found by close collecting.
I myself spent a half a day in LaGrange county during a season of great

abundance elsewhere, and found but a single specimen, and this of the
short-winged form, which occurs also in New York, being variety (e) of
Fitch. I have spent a great deal of time and investigation in trying to
unravel the mystery of this distribution, but can now give no reason for
the almost total absence of the species in the northeastern portion of the
state, while they are overabundant in the opposite direction.

While located in Indiana, an opportunity was offered me to study the
distribution of three broods of Cicada septendecim, Linn., very carefully.
These were Brood XXII., 1885; Brood V., 1888; Brood VIII., 1889. The
first of these covered the whole area of the state except a narrow strip of
country around the southern extremity of Lake Michigan, the outlines
being approximately described by a line commencing at the northern
boundary of the state, nearly or quite due north of the city of LaPorte,
and extending nearly south- southwest, running a short distance east of
Westville, on the L., N. A. & C. R. R., and crossing this railway near
Wanatah ; then sweeping southwest to the western boundary of the state.
This brood probably occupied the territory along the Kankakee river, and
extending a short distance northward into Lake and Porter counties.

Brood V., 1888, so far as I have been able to learn, covered almost ex-
actly the area not visited by Brood XXII., and was not observed else-
where in the state.

Brood VIII., I have definitely recorded from the counties of Brown,
Clark, Crawford, Daviess, Dearborn, Floyd, Gibson, Harrison, Johnson,
Knox, Lawrence, Monroe, Morgan, Orange, Scott, Tippecanoe, Warwick
and Washington. In Harrison county, only, were the insects abundant,
and in Tippecanoe county the invasion was only known from a single
female captured by the young sons of Dr. E. Test. Broods XXII. and V.
are both strong ones, while Brood VIII. is apparently very weak, and,
owing to the clearing up of the forests and the attacks of the English spar-
row, it will not be surprising if it becomes nearly or quite extinct in
Indiana during the next century.

Of the Diptera very little is really known. I am quite sure the two
species of Simulium, S. pecuarium, Riley, and S. meredi&nale, Riley, both
inhabit the southwestern portion of the state. How far northward they
may occur I am not able to say. The species found in Franklin county
I am sure is different, but it may not be a northern form.

I have thus gone over the subject in a general way, without going int«»
a detailed account of a greater number of species than necessary to illus-

88

trate my points. To have done so would have required a greater knowledge
of local distribution of species than we now possess. What is at present
especially needed is intelligent, continuous, persistent local collecting,
such as is heing done by Mr. Evans, of Evansville, Profs. Blatchley, of
Terre Haute, and W. P. Shannon, of Greensburg, and Judge McBride and
sons, of Elkhart. It is only by long acquaintance with a locality that
we become familiar with its fluctuating insect fauna — species that do not
occur every year, and when they do appear are present only in scant
numbers and over a limited area.

A careful study of species, other than those here given, may throw much
light on the problem of general geographical distribution, and our divid-
ing line is supposed to be correct in a general way, as, of course, there can
be no such thing as an exact or continuous line of demarkation. This
will of necessity be more or less irregular. Again, a species spreads over
an area particularly adapted for its occupancy. But, no sooner is this
done than the individuals along the frontier begin to adapt themselves to
an environment but slightly unfavorable, and, as their adaptation changes,
so do they slowly advance outward from the territory originally occupied.
A series of to them favorable seasons might occasion the occupation of a
wide margin of adjoining country, while a series of unfavorable seasons
might sweep this tide of advance back nearly or quite to the place of its
origin. But, as the receding tide of the ocean leaves many pools of water
in the depressions of rock, so will there be left, in especially favorable
nooks, a few of the insects which will retain their hold and form small,
local colonies, of perhaps not more than a few individuals, and the off-
spring of these will meet the investigator long distances from the real
habitat of the species. There is scarcely a collector who does not know
of one or more small, secluded areas, in his neighborhood, that are rich in
varieties, and which he seldom visits without satisfaction, and frequently
he is astonished at his success. How long this ebb and flow has been
going on, and how many species have been brought to us in this way, are
problems we are yet unable to solve. Therefore, these facts have been
brought together, and are here presented, not as a finished, or, indeed, as
an advanced study, but rather as a primary outline, to be revised and
modified as our knowledge of the geographical distribution of our species
shall be enlarged by additional study and research.

89

An extreme case of parasitism. By Robert Hkssi.hk. Published in Amer-
ican Naturalist.

A PARTIAL LIST OF NEW SPECIES OF PARASITIC II YMKNOl'TEU A REARED IN

Indiana. By F. M. Webster.
In the fallowing list it is my intention to include only such species as
were undescribed at the time they were reared by myself during an eight
years residence in the State. These have nearly all been since described
and, with but few exceptions, from types furnished by my rearings. The
object in presenting this matter is to place it in a form convenient for
reference by the future investigator, reference in all cases being- given to
the original description. I have not as yet been able to complete the list
of those now described, and still others remain to be described, but I
hope to include all or nearly all of them in a future paper:

1. Bracon agrili Ashm. From larvae of Agri'us fulgens Lee, burrowing
in trunks of maple. La Fayette, April and May. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1888, p. 612.)

2. Bracon diastolic Ashm. From Dipterous leaf miner, Diastata n. sp. in
corn. La Fayette, June 28, 1886. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1S88, p. 617.)

i5. Bracon phycidis Riley, MS. From Phycis indiginella Zell. Oxford,
July 9, 1884.

4. Bracon n. sp. From Trypeta gibba Loew, in galls on Ambrosia
artrmimefolia. La Fayette, May 3, 1889.

5. Bracon n. sp. From larvse of Bhyssematus lineaticollis Say, in seed
pods of Asclepiits corymbosa. La Fayette, March 29, 1889.

Mr. Frederick Blanchard, of Lowell, Mass., in a letter to me, says he
has reared R. lineaticollis from Asclepius in Massachusetts, and that it is
there attacked by a Hymenopterous parasite.

(i. Dimeris rufipts Aahva. Host unknown. La Fayette.

7. Rhyssalm loxotenice Ashm. From Loxotenia clemensiana Fern. La
Fayette. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 629.)

s. Aphidius obtcuripe% Ashm. Host unknown. La Fayette. (Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 660.)

9. Aphidius pallidus Ashm. Host not known. La Fayette. (Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 661.)

10. LysiphleMis multiarticulatus Ashm. Host some species of Aphides.
La Fayette. (Proc. XL S. Nat. Mus., 188S, p. 664 i

90

11. Lysiphlebus ribaphidis Ashm. From Aphis ribes on currant. La
Grange county, July 12, 1886. (Proc. 17. S: Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 664.)

12. Lysiphlebus cucurbitaphidis Ashm. From Siphonopliora cucurbits
Middleton. La Fayette. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 665.)

13. Lysiphlebus eragroslaphidis Ashm. Swept from Eragrostis. La Fay-
ette, October 4, 1885. The host is probably Glyphina eragrostidis Mid-
dleton. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 665. 1

14. Lysiphl bux mysi Ashm. From Mysus ribis L. La Fayette, See Insect
Life, Vol. 3, p. 6. (Proc. V. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 666.)

15. Lysiphlebus tritici Ashm. Host Aphis mali Fab. La Fayette.
October 14, 1888. See Insect Life, Vol. 3, p. 61. (Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus..
1888, p. 668. )

16. Dhrretus americanus Ashm. From Siphonopliora avena Fabr. Prob-
ably Southern Indiana. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 669.)

17. Dhrretus brunnivenlris Ashm. From .Siphonopliora aren:< . Southern
Indiana. (Proc. U. S Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 670. 1

18. Dhrretus websteri Ashm. From Siphonopliora avena. . Southern In-
diana. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 669.)

19. Pcichyneuron micans Howard. From Siphonophora avena? Fab.
Goshen. Have also reared it at Wooster, Ohio, from Aphis or grass,
probably Aphis mali Fab. (Insect Life, 3, p. 246.)

20. Megaspilus nigrr Howard. From Siphonophora arena Fab. La
Fayette. (Insect Life, 3, p. 247.)

21. Encyitus websteri Howard. From Siphonopliora "ren:< Fab. La
Fayette. (Insect Life, 3, p. 247.)

22. Enci/rtus clisiocampse Ashm. From eggs of Clidocampi disstri Hub.
Franklin, Ind. (Ohio Agr'l. Exp. Sta. Bull. 3, Vol. I., Technical Series.)

23. Herpestomns plutelhe Ashm. From Plufrlla cruciferarum. La Fay-
ette ; also at Columbus, Ohio. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1880, p. 306. )

24. Ortlwpelma bimaculatum Ashm. Host not known. La Fayette.
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, p. 416.)

25. Limnera flavicincta Ashm. Host not known. La Fayette. (Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, p. 436.)

26. Zela nigrirep* Riley, MS. From Omnibus zedJus Fern. Cass, Sulli-
van county, July 11, 1886.

27. Acoloides saitidis Howard. From eggs of spider, Saiti- pulex. The
types were reared in Nebraska by Prof. Lawrence Bruner, but specimens

91

were several years previously reared by me at Oxford, October, 1884.
See Insect Life, Vol. 2, p. 359. (Insect Life, 2, p. 269. 1

28. Meraporm bruchivorus Ashm. From Bruchus exiguus Horn. La
Fayette. (Obio Agr'l. Exp. Sta. Bull. 3, Vol. I., Technical Series.)

29. Catolaccus tyloderrnn' Ashm. From Tylnderma foveolatvm Say. La
Fayette. (Ohio Agr'l. Exp. Sta. Bull. 3, Vol. I., Technical Series.)

30. Glypta sp. ? From cocoon on red cedar. La Fayette. See Insect
Life, Vol. 3, p. 464.

31. Wesmaelia Rileyi Ashmead. Although the specimens, six in num-
ber, from which the description was drawn, were in the Riley collection
and the species named in honor of the possessor, they were reared by
me at Oxford, Ind., July 24-August 1, 1884, and sent to the U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, in whose employ I was at that time. These appeared
in a breeding cage in which I was rearing Toxoptrra graminum, and as
there was no other inhabitant of this cage, that species must have been
the host. This was the first time the species had been observed. It is
not, however, a true Wesmaelid, and represents a rare family not as yet
included in our lists. (Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 641.)

32. Pygostotus americanus Ashmead. (MS.) Reared at LaFayette, Ind.,
Aug., 1889, from wheat stubble. As this stubble was infested by the Hes-
sian fly and its various parasites, including EupeJmus allynii French, and
as I also reared from the same lot of stubble, Acoloides howard ii Ashmead,
a spider parasite, Labes hyphlocylm Ashmead, Encyrtus tarsalis Ashmead,
an undetermined species of Bcetomus and a Homoporus sp., it is useless to
theorize in regard to which of these might have been the host.

33. Encyrtus tarsalis Ashmead. (MS.) This was reared with the pre-
ceding, and also at LaPorte, Ind.

34. Encyrtus brunnipennis Ashmead. i MS. I Keared from wheat stubble
from LaPorte, Ind., August, 1889.

35. Atekopterus tarsalis Ashmead. Reared at LaFayette, Ind., from Sil-
vanus surinamensis, infesting stored grain. This had previously been reared
at Washington, D. C, by Mr. Ashmead, from the same insect infesting
raisins. (Bull. V. S. Nat. Mus., No. 45, p. 45, 1X93.)

30. Cacus wcanthi Riley, Nov. Gen., et. sp. Reared from the eggs of
QZcarttlius nirens at LaFayette, Ind. This species is the type of the genus,
and the only onee whose parasitism is known. (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 45., pp. 223-4, 1893.)

Platygaster error Fitch. Reared June 14, 1N84, at Oxford. Ind., from

larvee of Diplosis tritici. The original describer was in doubt as to whether
this was really a parasite of this species, the wheat midge, or not. Re-
described by Mr. Ashmead from specimens reared by myself as above.
(Bull. IT. S. Nat. Mus., No. 45, p. 291, 1893.)

A MITE, PROBABLY HYPODERAS COI.l'MH.K, PARASITIC IX THE PIGEON. By W
W. NORMAX.

The LorusTiD.K of Indiana. By W. S. Blatchxey, Terre Haute, Indiana.

The order of insects known as the Orthoptera comprises seven families,
three of which are alike in having the posterior femora more or less en
larged for leaping ; the three being therefore classed together in a sub-
order called the Saltatoria, or jumpers.

In the present paper we have to deal with that family of this suborder
known as the Locustichr, which comprises those insects commonly called
katydids, green grasshoppers, and stone or camel crickets.

The distinguishing characters of the members of the family Locustidiv
are the long, slender, tapering, many-jointed antenna1; the almost uni-
versal absence of ocelli or simple eyes; the four jointed i: tarsi or feet;
and the ensiform or falcate ovipositor of the females which is made of four
Flattened plates; the males having, in many instances, abdominal ap-
pendages corresponding to the parts of the ovipositor, which are used as
clasping organs. The tegmina or wing covers, when present, slope obliquely
downwards, instead of being bent abruptly, as in the GryUidn- ; and in
most cases the wings are longer than the tegmina.

The stridulating or musical organ of the males is quite similar in struc-
ture to that of the male cricket, being found at the base of the overlap-
ping dorsal surface of the tegmina and usually consisting of a transparent
membrane, of a more or less ruunded form, which is crossed by a promi-
nent curved vein, which on the under side bears a single row of minute
file like teeth. In stridulating the wing covers are moved apart and then
shuffled together again when these teeth are rubbed over a vein on the

* The members of the genus Daihinia, no one of which occurs in Indiana, nave the
fore and hind tarsi three-jointed.

93

upper surface of the other wing cover, producing the familiar, so called
"katydid" sound. Each of the different species makes a distinct call or
note of its own, and mauy of them have two calls, one which they use by
night and the other by day. Any one who will pay close] attention to
these different calls can soon learn to distinguish each species by its note
as readily as the ornithologist can recognize different species of birds in
the same manner. The ear of these insects, when present, is also similar
in structure and position to that of the cricket's, being an oblong or oval
cavity covered with a transparent or whitish membrane, and situated near
the basal end of the front tibiae.

The young of Locustidse, like those of the other families of the order,
when hatched from the egg resemble the adults in form but are wholly
wingless. As they increase in size they moult or shed the skin five times,
the wings each time becoming more apparent, until after the fifth moult
when they appear fully developed, and the insect is mature, or lull grown,
never increasing in size thereafter. Throughout their entire lives they
are active, greedy feeders, mostly herbivorous in habit ; and where pres-
ent in numbers necessarily do much harm to growing vegetation.

Among the families of Orthoptera the Locustidse take a rank .second only
to the Gryllidie. The high specialization of the ovipositor of the female
and the perfection of structure of the stridulating organ of the male place
these two families above all others in the scale of Orthopteron life. That
the two are very closely related can be readily seen by any one who will
carefully compare them, organ with organ. The Gryllidie are placed first,
however, by most entomologists, as the great variety of form of almost
any given organ among them, when compared with its relative uniformity
of structure among the Locustidse, seems to indicate the higher rank of the
former."

In the number of species in any given locality the Locustidse far outrank
the Gryllidie, being excelled in this respect among the other Orthopteron
families only by the Acrididie or locusts. In Indiana thirty-nine species
of Locustidse are known to occur and are listed in the present paper, speci-
mens of all being in my private collection. This is eleven more than are
known in any other state from which lists have been published ; McNeill
having listed twenty-seven from Illinois; Smith, twenty- eight from New
Jersey ; Odborne, twenty- four from Iowa, and Fernald sixteen from all New
England.

Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII , jstis, 2:.:;.

«)4

Undoubtedly other species occur in Indiana, especially in the southern
half of the state, but having had to rely almost wholly upon my own col-
lecting, which has been done in Putnam, Vigo, Montgomery, Wabash,
Marshall and Fulton counties, the eastern and southern parts of the state
are wholly unrepresented in the list. Three persons, Prof. E. E. Slick, of
Michigan City; Prof. W. P. Hay, formerly of Irvington, and Mr. W. A.
Riley, of Greencastle, have sent me small collections from their respective
localities which have aided me much in recording the distribution of cer-
tain species.

To Mr. S. H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Mass., I am indebted for the loan
of typical specimens of the genus Ceulhophilus for comparison ; and to Prof.
Lawrence Bruner, of Lincoln, Nebraska, for aid in identifying and verifying
certain species. Prof. Bruner also furnished me some valuable notes con-
cerning the general distribution of a number of the species, which are in-
corporated under their respective species in the list below.

The descriptions of such species of Locustidx as occur in the eastern
United States are scattered through many scientific books and papers
which are for the most part inaccessible to beginners in entomology. I
have thought it best, therefore, to prepare a synopsis of tbe sub-families
and of the genera under each sub-family, which are represented in the
state. A short description of each species, with such notes concerning its
distribution, food, habits, and comparative abundance, as have been gath-
ered during my collecting, is also given, together with a synonymy of the
species, as far as obtainable from the works at hand.

The following is a bibliography of authors and works to which reference
is made in this synonymy:

Bruner, Lawrence. — First Contribution to a Knowledge of the Orthop-
tera of Kansas. (Bulletin of the Washburne College Laboratory of Nat-
ural History, Volume I., Xo. 4., 1885.) Second Contribution to a Knowl-
edge of the Orthoptera of Kansas. (Loc. tit., Vol. I., No. 7, 188G.) Ten
New Species of Orthoptera from Nebraska. (Canadian Entomologist,
XX III., 1891.)

Brunner, C. von Wattenwyl.— Monographic der Phaneropteriden. (Ver-
handlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1878.)
Monographie der Stenopelmat;den und Gryllacriden. (Loc. tit., 1888.)

Burmeister, Hermann. — Handbuch der Eotomologie, II., 1838.

Comstock, J. H. — Report of U. S. Entomologist. (U. S. Agricultural Re-
port, 1880.) An Introduction to Entomology, I., 1888.

95

Davis, W. T.— The Song of Thyreonotus. (Canadian Entomologist, X XV.,
1893.)

Fernald, C. H.— The Orthoptera of New England, 1888.

Harris, Dr. T. W. —A Treatise on Some Insects Injurious to Vegetation.
Third edition, 1862.

McNeill, Jerome.— A List of the Orthoptera of Illinois. (Psyche, VI., 1891.)

Osborn, Herbert.— On the < >rthopterous Fauna of Iowa. (Proceedings
of the Iowa Academy of Science, I., Part II., 1892.)

Packard, A. S., Jun. — Guide to the Study of Insects. Eighth edition,
1883.

Rathvon, S. S. — In the U. S. Agricultural Report, 1862.

Redtenbaeher, Josef. — Monographic der Conocephaliden. (Verhand-
lungen der. K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1891.)

Riley, Dr. C. V. — Katydids. (Sixth Annual Report on the Noxious,
Beneficial, and other Insects of the State of Missouri, 1874.) Orthoptera.
(Standard Natural History, II., 1884.)

Scudder, Samuel II. — On the Genus Raphidophora, Serville. (Proceed-
ings Boston Society Nalural History, VIII., 1861.) Materials for a Mono-
graph of the North American Orthoptera. (Boston Journal of Natural
History, VII., 1862.) Notes on the Stridulation of some New England
Orthoptera. (Proceedings Boston Society, Natural History, XL, 1868.) The
Songs of the Grasshoppers. (American Naturalist, II., 1868.) Descriptions
of New Species of Orthoptera in the Collections of the American Ento-
mological Society. (Transactions of the American Entomological Society,
II., 1869.) The Distribution of Insec s in New Hampshire. (First Volume
of the Final Report upon the Geology of New Hampshire, 1874.) Ento-
mological Notes, IV., (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII., 1874-5.) Ento-
mological Notes, VI., (Loc. tit., XIX., 1878). A Century of Orthoptera,
1879. Locustidse. (American Encyclopaedia, Edition 1881). The Songs of
Our Grasshoppers and Crickets. (Twenty-third Annual Report of the En-
tomological Society of Ontario, 1892.)

Serville, M. Audinet. — Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Orthopteres,
1839.

Smith, Sidney I.— On the Orthoptera of the State of Maine. (Proceed-
ings of the Portland Society of Natural History, 1868.)

Smith, John B. — A Catalogue of the Insects Found in New Jersey. (Final
Report of the State Geologist, II., 1890.) Grasshoppers, Locusts and

96

Crickets. (Bulletin 90, New Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Sta-
tions, 1892.)

Thomas, Cyrus H. — Insects Injurious to Vegetation in Illinois. (Trans-
actions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society, V., 1865.) A List of
< )rthoptera collected by J. Duncan Putnam of Davenport, Iowa, in Colo-
rado, Utah, and Wyoming Territories. (Proceedings of the Davenport
Academy of Natural Sciences, I., 1876.)

TJhler, Philip R. — In Harris' Report on Insects Injurious to Vegetation,
third edition, 1862.

Walsh, B. D. — On Certain Entomological Speculations of the New Eng-
land School of Naturalists. (Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
Philadelphia, III., 1864.)

Wheeler, Wm. M. — Notes on the Oviposition and Embryonic Develop-
ment of Xiphidium cnsifentm, Scud. (Insect Life, II., 1890.)

Blatchley, W. s.— Some New Locustida^ from Indiana. (Canadian Ento-
mologist, XXV., 1893.)

A SYNOPSIS OF THE SUB FAMILIES OF I.OOSTII) 1. FOUND IX INDIANA.

o. Tegmina and wings present.
b. Prosternal spines absent; vertex rounded or deflexed
without spine, tubercle or cone ; tegmina always

shorter than the wings Piiaxeroi'terix.k. p. 97

bb. Prosternal spines present ; vertex either terminating in
a sharp flat spine or produced upwards and forwards
in a rounded tubercle or prominent cone.

c. AVing covers leaf like, broadly expanded in the mid-

dle, concave within, longer than the wings ; vertex

terminating in a sharp flat spine . . . P.seidophyllin.e. p. 109

<■<•. Wing covers narrow, not expanded in the middle,

of en shorter than the wings ; vertex terminating in

a rounded tubercle or prominent cone . Conocephalin^e. p. Ill

<ia. Tegmina and wings absent, or the former rudimentary.

d. Pronotum short, not covering the whole top of the

thorax ; prosternal spines absent . . Stenopelmatinje. p. 140
dd. Pronotum extending back to the abdomen ; proster-
nal spines present Decticidix.e. p. 149

LO( USTIDJE.
PHANEROPTERIJJJE.

The species of this sub-family are among the largest of our Locustidce,
and, with those of the next, are commonly known as " Katydids," The
apex of the head is obtuse or rounded, without cone or spine, and the
prosternum is unarmed. The wing covers are shorter than the wings,
usually expanded in the middle, and of a bright, uniform green color. The
wings are folded, like a fan and are long and strong, the insects being fly-
ers rather than leapers. The hind limbs, being seldom used except to
give themselves an upward impetus at the beginning of flight, while long
and slender, are proportionally much smaller in diameter than in the
sub-family Gmocepfialinx, whose members leap rather than fly.

The " Katydids" are the most arboreal of all the Locustidse, the great
majority of them passing their entire lives on shrubs and trees where
they feed upon the leaves and tender twigs, and when present in num-
bers often do excessive injury. The color and form of their wings serve
admirably to protect them against their worst foes, the birds ; and as they
live a solitary life, i. e., do not flock together in numbers as do the green
grasshoppers, they are but seldom noticed by man. Their love calls, or
songs, however, make the welkin ring at night from mid-August until
after heavy frost, and though but one or two of the eight species found
in the State make a note in any way resembling the syllables " Katy did,
she did," yet all are accredited with this sound by the casual observer,
and hence the common name usually given to the members of this sub-
family. Their call is seldom made by day for the obvious reason that it
might attract the attention of the birds and so lead to the destruction of
the songster. As twilight approaches, however, the male of each species
begins his peculiar note which is kept up with little or no intermission
until the approach of day warns him that his feathered enemies will soon
be on the alert, and that silence will be, for a time, the best policy to
pursue.

From the other Locustida\ the Katydids differ widely in their habits of
oviposition, the eggs not being deposited in the earth or in twigs, but are
usually glued fast in double rows to the outer surface of slender twigs or
on the edges of leaves. The eggs of the most common species appear like
small flattened hemp seeds, and usually overlap one another in the row in
which they are placed. On account of this method of oviposition, the
ovipositors of the " Katydids" are broader, more curved, and more obtuse
7

98

at the end than in the other sub-families whose members oviposit in the
earth or in stems of grass. This sub-family is represented in Indiana, so
far as known, by three genera and eight species.

Key to Genera of Phaneropterinje.
a. Wing covers of equal breadth throughout ; supra-anal
plate of male with a long decurved spine which is

notched at the end I. Scudderia.

mi. Wing covers widest in the middle ; supra-anal plate
of male not as above.
h. Hind femora but little if any shorter than wing
covers ; ovipositor well developed, curved grad-
ually upwards II. Amblycorypha.

bb. Hind femora much shorter than wing covers;
ovipositor very short, turned abruptly up-
wards III. MlCROCENTRUJI.

1. Scudderia, Stal (1873).
This genus includes Katydids of medium size, with the wing covers
long, narrow, of nearly equal width throughout, and rounded at the ends.
The vertex is deflexed, compressed, and hollowed out on either side for
the better accomodation of the eyes, which are nearly hemispherical.
The hind femora are long and slender, almost equalling the length of the
wing covers in some of the species. The ovipositor is short, broad, curved
sharply upwards, and has the apical third finely crenate on both margins.
The males are readily distinguished from those of other genera by having
both anal plates projected into long curved processes; the one from the
supra-anal plate curving downwards and notched or forked at the end,
that from the sub-anal curving upwards, and likewise notched. The
form of these processes, together with that of the notches serve as valu-
able characters in distinguishing the species. Six species have been
described from the United States, four of which occur in Indiana.

«. Length of posterior femora 28 or more mm. *
b. Notch of supra-anal spine of male square with a slight median
tooth, almost as' wide as the middle, of the upturned sub-anal
spine ; the lateral processes slender and compressed.

Note.— The measurements in this paper are given in millimeters, an inch being
equal to very nearly twenty-five millimeters. The measurements given arc, when pos-
sible, the average of a number of specimens, and the "length of body" does not in-
clude the sexual appendages of male nor the ovipositor of female.

99

1. Scudderia curvicauda, (DeGeer.)*

"Locusta curvicauda, DeGeer, Mem., III., 1773, 44(i, PI. 38, fig. 3.''
Phaneroptera curvicauda, Burmeister, Handbuch der Ent., II., 1838,690.
Scudder, Bost. Journ. Xat. Hist., VII., 1862, 448.

(In part.)
Thler, in Harris' Ins. Inj. to Veg., 1862, L61.
(Xote. — In part.)
Scudderia curvicauda, Brunner, Monogr. der Phanerop., 1878.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 191.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 118.
Fernald, Orth. X. EDg., 1888, 22. (In part.)
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 21. (Song of.)
Scudder, Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIIL, 1892, 68.

(Song of.) ,

Smith, Bull. Ag. Exp. Stat, of N. J., No. 90, 1892,
24.
Phaneroptera septentrionalis, Serville, Hist. Nat. des Orth., 1839., 416.
Tegmina, wings and legs bright grass green; body and face somewhat
paler, approaching a whitish in dried specimens. Lateral carinse of the
pronotum with a yellowish line. Posterior femora very slender, armed
beneath on inner carina with three or four minute spines.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 22 mm.; of tegmina, 37. o mm.;
of wings beyond the tegmina, 6 mm.; of posterior femora, 30 mm.; of
pronotum, 6.5 mm. Female— Length of body 25 mm.; of posterior femora,
32 mm.; of ovipositor, 7 mm. Width of tegmina, 6.5 mm.

Curvicauda is a common insect in the central and southern half of In-
diana, but northward seems to be replaced by S. furculaia. The former is
probably less arboreal than any other species of Katydid, as it is often
found clinging to the tall, coarse grasses and sedges which grow near the
borders of ponds and in damp ravines, and to the coarse weeds along the
margins of prairies and meadows. When approached it flies readily in a
zigzag, noiseless manner for a long distance to another clump of grass or
weeds, or to the lower branches of an oak, a tree in which it delights to
dwell.

The eggs are laid in the margins of leaves between the upper and lower
epidermis, and are so thin that they are not noticeable except when the
leaf is held between one's self and the light. Of the song or note made
by the male of curvicauda McNeill {he. cit.) says: "The note cannot be

*When the author of a species referred it to a different genus from that in which it is
now included, his name is put in parenthesis.

100

supposed to represent more than the first two syllables of the ' Katy did '
or ' Katy didn't ' of its congeners. It is made but once, and the rasp-
ing, jerky sound has been very well represented as bzrwi."

Curvicauda is a species of wide distribution, occurring throughout the
eastern United States, and as far west as the Rocky Mountains. In Cen-
tral Indiana it reaches maturity about the 25th of July.

bb. Notch of supra-anal spine of male acute and much narrower than
the middle of the upcurved sub-anal spine ; the lateral processes
(at side of notch) broadly rounded with the lower margin thinner.

2. Scudderia furculata, Brunner.

Scudderia furculata, Brunner, Monog. der Phanerop., 1878.

Smith, Cat., Insects found in N. J., 1890, 410.
Id., Bull. Agr. Exp. Stat, of N. J., No. 90, 24, pi.
II., Fig. 4.

Somewhat larger than curvicauda and closely resembling that species in
general appearance, the females of the two being difficult to distinguish
except by the measurements ; the males readily separated by the different
form of the notch of the supra-anal spine. The general color is the same,
but the yellow carinal line of the pronotum is less distinct or wholly
wanting in furmlata, and the apical third of wings is usually a transpar-
ent reddish 'brown. The wing covers of the latter are broader and the
posterior femora proportionally a little shorter.

Measurements : Male Length of body, 23 mm.; of tegmina, 37.5 nun..
of posterior femora, 30 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm. Width of tegmina 8
mm. Female— Length of body, 25 mm.; of tegmina, 38 mm ; of posterior
femora, 33 mm.; of ovipositor, 7 mm. Width of tegmina, 8.5 mm.

According to Bruner* furculata is usually more southern in its distri-
bution than curvicauda, but in Indiana this distribution seems reversed,
as the latter is much the more common in Vigo and Putnam counties,
while in Marshall and Fulton counties, 150 miles further north, it is very
scarce and furculata very common. A single male was taken from an
oak grove on the border of Lake Maxinkuckee in Marshall county, on
August 1st, and on the 26th of the same month it was found in numbers
at the same place, and also about the borders of a large tamarack swamp
in Fulton county. Its habits of flight and song, as far as noted, are essen-
tially the same as those of curvicauda, noted above.

101

In New Jersey, according to Smith (loc. cit.),furculata is very common on
cranberry bogs, and destroys many of the berries. It will probably be
found to occur throughout Indiana near the borders of the larger ponds,
lakes and marshes.

aa. Length of posterior femora 22 or 23 mm.

3. Scuwdehia fukcata, Brunner. The Fork-tailed Katydid.
Scudderiafurcata, Brunner, Monog. der Phanerop., 1878.

Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., I.,

1885, 127.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 21.
Smith, Bull. Agr. Exp. Stat, of N. J., No. 90, 1892,
31.
PlKinewptera curvkauda, Riley, Sixth Rep. St. Ent. Mo., 1874, 164, rig.
51. (Text in part. Not fig. 50.)
This is one 'of the smallest, and at the same time, our most common
species of the genus. The general color is a dark leaf green, the head and
pronotum paler; the latter without trace of yellow on its carina?. The
anterior margin of the pronotum is but slightly narrower than the pos-
terior, whereas in the two preceding species the difference in width is
plainly perceptible. The notch of the supra- anal spine of the male is
deep and rounded, forming a curious fork-like appendage, the lateral pro-
cesses of which are much swollen.

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 16 mm.; of tegmina, 31 mm.;
of posteria femora, 23 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm. Width of tegmina, 6
mm. Female— Length of body, 20 mm., of tegmina, 30 mm.; of posterior
femora, 22 mm.; of ovipositor, 5 mm.

In Central and Southern Indiana the Fork-tailed Katydid is most fre-
quently seen on the low bushes and trees about the margin of thickets
and along fence rows, but in the prairie country north it frequents coarse
gi-asses and weeds in company with the preceding species. Its flight is
noisless and seemingly without direction, and is not so prolonged as that
of S. curvkauda. Dr. C. V. Riley (loc. tit.) gives the following account of
the egg laying habits otfurcata : " The female stations herself firmly by the
middle and hind legs on twigs or leaves contiguous to the one selected to
receive the eggs. This leaf is then grasped by the front feet and held in
a vertical position, while the edge is slightly gnawed or pared off by the
jaws to facilitate the entrance of the point of the ovipositor. AVhen thi

102

is done the abdomen is curved under and brought forward, and the ovi-
positor is seized on its convex edge by the mandibles and maxilla? , which,
with the aid of the palpi, guide the point to that portion of the leaf pre-
pared to receive it. After gentle, but repeated efforts, the point of the
instrument is finally inserted between the tissues of the leaf, and gradu-
ally pushed in to more than half its length. As soon as the cavity is
formed, the egg is extruded, and passed slowly between the semi-trans-
parent blades of the ovipositor. As the egg leaves the ovipositor the latter
is gradually withdrawn, while the egg remains in the leaf, retained in its
place, probably, by a viscid fluid that is exuded with it. As many as
five of the eggs are sometimes deposited in one row in the same leaf but
more often they are single."

This is the most common species of the genus, in the United States, and
is quite widely distributed over the country from the Atlantic to the Pa-
cific. In Indiana it has been found in numbers in every county in which
collections have been made. The first mature specimens appear about
August 5th but it does not become plentiful before the middle of the
month.

acta. Length of posterior femora less than 20 mm.
4. Scudderu angustifolia i Harris). The Narrow-winged Katydid.
Phaneroptera angustifolia Harris' Ins. Inj. to Veg., 1862, 161, hg. 76.
Scudderia angustifolia, Brunner, Monog. der Phanerop.,1878.
Smith, Cat. Ins. N. J., 1890, 410.
Scudder, Pep. Ent. Soc. I >nt. X X III., 1892. (Note
of set to music.)
Phaneroptera curvicauda, Uhler in Harris' Ins. Inj. to Veg., 1862, L61.
(Note. In part.)
Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat Hist., VII., 1862, \\s.

(In part.)
Id., Am. Nat. II., 1868, 117, (Song of.)
Id., Distrib. Ins. N. Hamp., 1874, 366. (Son- of

set to music.)
Eiley, Sixth Rep. St. Ent. Mo. 1874, 164, fig. :.().
(Not text nor fig. 51.)
Scudderia curvicauda Fernakl, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 22. (In part.)
(Not Scudderia curvicauda), (DeGeer.)

108

This Katydid occurs in abundance in New England and the Middle At-
lantic states, and in the past has been confounded by many writers both
with S. curvicauda and with S. furcata. In size, general appearance and
structure of anal spines of male it is very similar to furcata, but may
readily be known by its shorter posterior femora, and by its narrower
wing covers.

Measurements: Male— Length of body, H mm., of tegmina, 2G mm.;
of posterior femora, 19 mm.; of pronotum, 4 mm. Width of tegmina, 5
mm. Female— Length of body, 19 mm.; of tegmina, 25 mm.; of ovipos-
itor, 5.5 mm.

The male of angustifolia is our smallest member of the genus. In Indi-
ana it is known only from Fulton county, several specimens of both sexes
having been taken on October 7th, from the borders of a peat bog in a
tamarack swamp, near Kewanna. This, as far as known, is its first record
west of Xew Jersey. It will probably be found to occur only about the
bogs and swamps of the northern half of the State.

Mr. S. H. Seudder, who has studied carefully the songs of many species
of Orthoptera and has even set a number of them, including that of angus-
tifolia, to music, has given a pleasing account of its song® from which I give
the following extract: "It is more noisy by night than by day; and
the songs differ considerably at these two times. The day song is given
only during sunshine, the other by night and in cloudy weather. I first
noticed this while watching one of the little creatures close beside me ; as
a cloud passed over the sun he suddenly changed his note to one with
which I was already familiar, but without knowing to what insect it be-
longed. At the same time all the individuals around me, whose similar
day song I had heard, began to respond with the night cry ; the cloud
passed away, and the original note was resumed on all sides. Judging
that they preferred the night eong to that of the day, from their increased
stridulation during the former period, I imitated the night song during
sunshine, and obtained an immediate response in the same language. The
experiment proved that the insects could hear as well as sing.
The note by day is 6 : r w i and lasts for one-third of a second. The night
song consists of a repetition, ordinarily eight times, of a note which sounds
like t c h "'. It is repeated at the rate of five times in three quarters of a
second, making each note half the length of the day note."

"Distribution of Insects in Xew Hampshire, L87

104

II. AMBLYCORYPHA, Stal (1ST.'!.)

size medium ; wing covers slightly expanded in the middle, regularly
rounded at the ends, a little shorter than, or but slightly exceeding, the
posterior femora; vertex broad, deflexed but not compressed, without
spines; eyes elliptical ; stridulating organ of male, brownish, opaque, trav-
ersed by a strong green cross vein ; ovipositor broad, of medium length,
curved gradually upwards from the middle, obtuse or rounded at the end,
and with the apical half sharply and strongly serrate on both edges ; anal
plates of male not prolonged.

Seven species of this genus, which is confined to North America, have
been described from the United States. < )f these, three have been found
in Indiana.

a. Tegmina about 37 mm: in length; exceeding the tip of posterior
femora.

5. Amblycorypha oblongifqlia, iDeGeer.i The Oblong Leaf-winged
Katy-did.
Locusta oblongifolia, DeGeer, " Mem., III., 1873, 445, pi. 38, fig. 2."
PhyUoptera oblongifolia, Burmeister, Handbuch der Eat., II., 1838, 693.
Harris, Ins. Inj. to Veg., 1862, 159. (Text only.)
Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 444.
Id., Distb. Ins. in N. Hamp., 1874, 366.
Id., Am. Encyc. Ed., 1881, VIIL, 170.(Text only.)
Bath von, l*. S. Agr. Bep., 18(12, 382.
Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agr. Soc, V., 18(>5. 445.
Amblycorypha oblongifolia, Biley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 188.

Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist.,

I., 1886, 195.
Comstock, Int. to Entom., I., 1888, 116.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 21.
McNeill, Bsyche. VI., 1891, 21.
Scudder, Bep. Ent. Soc. Ont., NNIIL, 1892,
68. (Song of.)
The largest of the three species occurring in the state, measuring about
45 mm. to the end of the wing covers, which are 3.3 times as long as wide.
Wings exceeding the wing covers by 6.5 mm. Anterior margin of prono-
tum much narrower than the posterior, the lateral carinas sharply defined.
Inner, lower carina of posterior femora armed with ten or more rather

105

strong teeth. General color a bright pea-green, the shrilling organ of
male brownish with a heavy green cross vein. The abdomen yellowish
or brownish green.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 21 mm.; of tegmina, 38 mm.; of
posterior femora, 30 mm.; of pronotum 6.5 mm. Female — Length of body,
23 mm.; of tegmina, 36 mm., of posterior femora, 31 mm.; of ovipositor,
11.5 mm. Width of tegmina of male, 11.5 mm.

This species is rather common throughout the state from August 1st to
October, frequenting the shrubbery along fence rows and the edges of
thickets and woods, especially in damp localities ; and when flushed, flies
with a kind of whirring noise, alighting on fence or the lower branch of
tree. I have not distinguished the note made by the male, but McNeill
(he. cit.), says that it is a " quick, shuttling sound which resembles " Katy "
or " Katydid " very slightly."

aa. Tegmina less than 30 mm. in length ; sometimes reaching but not
exceeding the tip of posterior femora.
b. Greatest breadth of tegmina contained less than three times in
their length ; ovipositor strongly curved.
6. Amklycorypha rotundifolia, (Seudder.) The Round- winged Katydid.
Phylloptera rofimdifolia, Seudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 18(12, 445.
Amblycorypha rotund if olia, Brunner, Monogr. der Phanerop., 1878.

Seudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., NIX.,

1877, 83.
Id., Am. Encyc, VIII., Ed. 1881, 170. (Fig.

only.)
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XNIIL, 1802, (18.

(Song of.)
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 188, fig. 265.
Comstock, Int. Ent., I., 1888, 116.
Fernald, Orth., N. Eng., 1888, 21.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 22.
Phylloptera oblongifolia, Harris, Ins. Inj. to Veg, 1862, fig. 75. (Not text.)
Riley, Sixth Rep. St. Ent. Mo., 1874, 169, fig, 55.
(Text in part.)
Length about 32 mm. to end of tegmina, which are proportionally much
broader than those of oblongifolia. Posterior femora reaching tip of teg-
mina in male, a little longer in the female ; armed on the lower, inner
carina with four or five minute teeth. Anterior margin of pronotum, es-

106

pecially in the female, but little narrower than posterior ; the lateral
carinse somewhat rounded. The ovipositor is more curved and more
strongly serrate than in either the preceding or the following species.
The color is essentially the same as that of dbhngifolia.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 19 mm.; of tegmina, 27 mm.; of
posterior femora, 25 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; width of tegmina. 10 mm.
Female — Length of body, 20 mm.; of tegmina, 27 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.;
of ovipositor, 10 mm.; width of tegmina, 11 mm.

As far as my observation goes, rotundifolia is, by far, the most common
member of Amblycorypha found in Indiana. It is more of a terrestrial
species than the preceding, being often seen on the ground, or on the
clumps of tall grass and weeds, which grow in damp ravines. Its flight is
comparatively noiseless and less prolonged than that of dblongifolia. In
Central Indiana it makes its first appearance about the fifth of August.
Of its note, Mr. Scudder says: " This insect stridulates both by day and
by night, and without variation. The song consists of from two to four
notes— sounding like chic-a-chee, repeated rapidly so as to be almost con-
founded, and when three requiring just one third of a second ; the song is
repeated at will, 'generally once in about five seconds, for an indefinite
length of time."

//'/. (rreatest breadth of wing covers contained from '.)\ to 3a times in
their length ; ovipositor but moderately curved.
7. Amblycorypha uhleri, Brunner. Lhler's Katydid.

Amblycoryplia uhleri, Brunner, Monogr. der Phanerop, 1878.

Comstock, Int. to Ent., L, 1888, 11(1.
Smith, Cat. Ins. of X. Jer., 1890, 409.

Our smallest species of the genus measuring but about 27 mm. to end
of tegmina. Posterior femora armed as in rotundifolia, slightly exceeding
the tegmina in both sexes. Pronotum narrower in front, the anterior
half of lateral carina' rounded, the posterior, rather sharp. The male
with longer wings and narrower tegmina than the female. Ovipositor
less curved than in either of the other species, the apical half with com-
paratively strong serrations on both margins. General color, alight, grass
green.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 23.5 mm.; of
hind femora, 20 mm.; of wings beyond tegmina, 5 mm. Female — Length of
body, 17.5 mm.; of tegmina 20.5 mm.; of hind femora, 21.5 mm.; of wings
beyond tegmina, 3 mm.; of ovipositor, 8.5 mm.

in;

Much less common than either of the preceding, having been noted, as
far as known, only in Vigo county, where it frequents the tall sedges and
willows bordering the large ponds in the W abash River bottoms. The
young feed upon the leaves of the scarlet oak, Quercus coccinea, Wang., and
the perfect insect is often found on or beneath this tree. It has been re-
corded before from New Jersey, Maryland, and the District of Colum-
bia. August 12 and 27th*

III. Microcentrum, Scudder (1862.)
Size large. Wing covers moderately expanded in the middle, much
longer than the posterior femora, and with the outer border sloping off
quite sharply, thus causing the tip to be more pointed than in Amblycory-
pha Vertex much as in that genus, slightly furrowed. Eyes broadly
oval, very prominent. Hind legs slender and very short, the femora but
little more than half as long as the tegmina. Ovipositor very short, bent
abruptly upwards, bluntly pointed, and with the apical third finely ser-
rate above. Anal plates of male not prolonged.

"This genus differs from Amblycorypha, to which it is most nearly allied,
especially by the cut of the wing covers and the shortness of the hind legs
and ovipositor."— Scudder.

But one species is known to occur in Indiana.
8. Microcentrum latjrifolium, (L.) The Larger Angular-winged Katy-
did. The Oblique-winged Katydid.
^Gryllus lanr ifolius L., Syst. Nat. II., 1767, 695, No. 17."
Phylloptera laurifolia, Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., II., 183S, 693.

Serville, Hist. Nat. des Orth., 1839, 404.
Microcentrum laurifolium, Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Nat. Hist., I., 1885,
127.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 21.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 22.
Smith, Cat. Ins. N. J., 1890, 409.
Microcentrum affiliatum, Scudder. Boat. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1S62, 447,,

ag 5.

Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 191.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 116.
Microcentru$ retinervis, Riley, Sixth Rep. Stat. Ent. Mo., 1874, 155, figs.
43-47.

* Unless otherwise stated, the dates given in this paper are those on which the first
mature insects have been taken in Central Indiana.

108

Microcentrum retinervis, Id., Stand. Xat. Hist., II., 1884, 188. fig. 266, (Not
Microcentrum retinervis, Burm.)

This is the largest species of " Katydid" found in the State, both sexes
measuring two inches and more to the end of the wings. The general
color is light, grass green, the body yellowish green, lighter beneath. The
vertex is quite broad, with its center hollowed out so as to form a shallow
pit, which is more prominent in the male. The pronotum is about as
broad as long, its anterior margin a little concave and usually possessing a
slight median tooth, though this is sometimes obsolete, or is replaced with
a shallow notch. The overlapping dorsal surface of the wing covers form
a sharp and prominent angle with the lateral portions, whence the com-
mon name.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 25 mm.; of tegmina, 42 mm.; of
posterior femora, 22.5 mm.; of pronotum, b' mm.; width of tegmina, 13 mm.
Female — Length of body, 30 mm.; of tegmina 4(> mm.; of posterior femora,
24 mm.; of ovipositor, 5 mm.; width of tegmina, 14 mm.

In the country it is this insect which is most commonly called " the
Katydid," and the note of Cyrtophyllug concavus is usually attributed to it
but its true note may be represented " by the syllable 'tic,'' repeated from
eight to twenty times at the rate of about four to the second."* It is
evidently attracted by light, being often found in the gutters beneath the
electric lights in the larger cities and towns. It occurs, probably, through-
out the State, but is more common southward and is nowhere found in
sufficient numbers to be injurious. The eggs are usually glued in double
rows on the sides of slender twigs, which have been previously roughened
with the jaws and otherwise prepared for a place of deposit. The two
rows are contiguous and the eggs of one alternate with those of the other.
Those of the same row overlap about one-fourth of their length. They
are of a grayish brown color, long oval in shape, very flat, and measure
5.5x3 mm. They are usually deposited in September, hatch the following
May, and the young, in Central Indiana, reach maturity during the first
half of August.

The insect whose life history was so well written up by Dr. C. V. Riley,
in his Sixth Missouri Report, under the name of Microcentrum retinervis, is,
in my opinion, the present species, since the measurements of the figures
there given correspond exactly with those given above of laurifolium. The
true M. retinervis of Burmeister is found in the eastern T'nited States and

109

probably occurs in Indiana, but has not, as yet, been noted. It is con-
siderably smaller* than laurifoliurn, and with the general color more of a
yellowish green.

PSEUDOPHYLLINJE.

This sub-family is represented in Indiana by the single genus Cyrtophyl-
lus the leading characters of which are given below.

IV. Cyetophyllus, Burmeister (1838).

The members of this genus are at once distinguished from all other
Locustidte by the broad leaf-like form of the tegmina which are longer
than the wings, obtuse and rounded at the end, and concave or hollowed
within. The vertex extends forward between the eyes in the form of a
small flat spine and the prosternum is armed with two sharp spines. Eyes
small, globose. The "shrilling" organ of the male is brown in color,
with the central portion as transparent as glass, and is set in a strong
half oval frame. Ovipositor broad, with the apical half up-curved and
denticulate below ; apex rather sharply pointed. Sub-anal plate of male
produced into a long paddle shaped appendage which is grooved on the
upper side.

But two species occur in the Ignited States only one of which is rather
common in Indiana.

9. Cyrtophyllus coxcAvrs, (Harris.) The True Katydid. The Broad-
winged Katydid.
Ptewphylla concava, Harris, Encyclopedia Americana, VIII., 1831, 42.
Pktlyphyllum amcavum, Harris, Ins. Inj. to Yeg., 1862, 158, fig. 74.

Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., III., 1864, 233.
Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Ag. Soc, V., 1865, 445.
Riley, Sixth Rep. St. Ent. Mo., 1874, 167, figs.
52-54.
Cyrtophyllas concavus, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 444.
Id., Encyc. Americ. Ed., 1881, IX., 772, fig.
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIIL, 1892, 70, fig. 46.

(Note of set to musicl.
Thomas, Trans. Dav. Acad. Nat. Sci., I., 1876, 267.
Packard, Guide to Stud. Ins., 1883, 566, fig. 563.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 187, fig. 264.

*The measurements given by Burmeister are : length of body, 5-6 of an in.; of teg-
mina, 1 ' ^ in.

no

Conistock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 115.
Fernald, Orth., N. Eng., 1888, 20, fig. 10.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 24.
Smith, Ins. N. J. 1S90, 409.
Platyphyllum perspicUJaimn, Uhler, in Harris Ins. Inj. to Veg., 18<>"?,
15S. (Note.)
Rathvon, U. S. Ag. Rep., 1862, 382, figs. 19,
20. (Not Cyrtophyllus perspicillattis, Fab.)
The true Katydid is readily known by the characters of this genus.
The wing covers and wings of living specimens are dark green ; the body,
pronotum and head lighter, with a tendency to turn yellowish when dried
Harris says the pronotum is " rough like shagreen, and has somewhat
the form of a saddle, being curved downward on each side, and rounded
and slightly elevated behind and is marked by two slight transverse fur-
rows." The main veins of the wing cover are very prominent with many
reticulating branches, giving that organ much the appearance of a leaf.
Posterior femora short, slender, and armed on apical half of lower outer
carina with about six small spines. The ovipositor is almost as long as
the abdomen, cimeter-shaped, sharp-pointed, and with but slight serra-
tions on the lower edge of apical third. Below the curved anal cerci of the
male is a spine, resembling in appearance the cerci, which curves beneath
the projecting sub-anal plate.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 30 mm. ; of tegmina, 37 mm. ;
of posterior femora, 21 mm. ; of sub-anal spine, 11 mm. Width of teg-
mina, 18 mm. Female — Length of body, 29 mm. ; of tegmina, 36 mm.;
of posterior femora, 22 mm. ; of ovipositor, 14 mm. Width of tegmina,
16 mm.

The Broad-winged Katydid is found in considerable numbers through-
out the State but is much more commonly heard than seen, as it dwells
singly or in pairs in the densest foliage which it can find such as the tops
of shade trees and the entwining vines of the grape arbor. It is more
domestic in its habits than any other species of the " Katydid " group,
frequenting, for the most part, the shrubbery of yards and orchards and
the trees along fence rows, being seldom, if ever, heard in extensive
wooded tracts. Its note is the loudest made by any member of the
family, the male having the musical organ larger and better developed
than in any other. The call is almost always begun soon after dusk with
a single note uttered at intervals of about five seconds for a half dozen or

Ill

more times. This preliminary note gives the listener the impression that
the musician is tuning his instrument, preparatory to the well known
double call which is soon begun and kept up almost continuously from
dark till dawn.

Of this call Mr. Scudder, says: "The note, which sounds like xr,
has a shocking lack of melody: the poets who have sung its praises
must have heard it at the distance that lends enchantment. In close
proximity the sound is excessively rasping and grating, louder and
hoarser than I have heard from any other of the Locustarians in Amer-
ica or in Europe, and the Locustarians are the noisiest of all Orthop-
tera. Since these creatures are abundant wherever they occur, the noise
produced by them, on an evening specially favorable to their song, is
most discordant. Usually the notes are two in number, rapidly re-
peated at short intervals. Perhaps nine out of ten will ordinarily give
this number; but occasionally a stubborn insect persists in sounding the
triple note — ( ' Katy-she-did') ; and as Katydids appear desirous of de-
fiantly answering their neighbors in the same measure, the proximity of
a treble-voiced songster demoralizes a whole neighborhood, and a curious
medley results ; notes from some individuals may then be heard all the
while, scarcely a moment's time intervening between their stridulations,
some nearer, others at a greater distance ; so that the air is filled by these
noisy troubadours with an indescribably confused and grating clatter."

According to Eiley the eggs are thrust, by means of the sharp oviposi-
tor, into crevices and soft substances, and probably, in a state of nature,
into the crevices of loose bark, or into the soft stems of woody plants.
They are of a dark slate color, about 6.5x2 mm. in size, very flat, pointed
at each end, and with the edges beveled off or emarginate; The song has
been heard in Putnam county as early as August 5th, and a single female
was captured in Lake county on October 15th, so that the species proba-
bly exists more than two months in the mature state.

It was to this species that Oliver Wendell Holmes addressed the well
known lines :

" I love to hear thine earnest voice
Wherever thou art hid,
Thou testy little dogmatist,
Thou pretty Katydid."

Coxocei'halin.i:.
Vertex projecting forward and upward in the form of a tubercle or
cone, sometimes blunt, sometimes much prolonged. Presternum toothed

Ill'

or with two slender spines. Front coxse (in our genera) with a spine on
the outside. Wing covers seldom expanded in the middle, often shorter
than the abdomen, and in color either green or brown. Shrilling organ
of male well developed, the cross vein prominent, the color light brown,
with the central portion transparent (except in the genus Conocephalus).
The hind legs are usually stout and much thickened at the base as the
insects seldom fly, but are active leapers, and very difficult to capture.

The eggs are deposited within the stems or root leaves of grass, the pith
of twigs, or sometimes in the turnip-shaped galls so common on certain
species of willow. The ovipositor being thus used as a piercer, has in
time developed into a slender and sharp pointed instrument which is but
little curved and is frequently of excessive length, in some species being
over twice as long as the remainder of the body.

To this sub-family belong those slender-bodied green grasshoppers, with
long, tapering antenmi- which are so common in summer and early au-
tumn in damp meadows and prairies and along the margins of streams,
ditches and ponds. They are mostly terrestrial in their habits, but one or
two of the larger ones ever being found in trees.

The color of their bodies corresponds closely to that of the stems and
leaves of the sedges and grasses among which they dwell, and so protects
them from the sight of the few birds which frequent a like locality. Their
songs, produced in the same manner as those of their larger cousins, the
katydids, are as frequent by day as by night, but are usually soft and low
in comparison with those of the former. Their day songs differs from that
of the night, and, says Scudder, " It is curious to observe these little crea-
tures suddenly changing from the day to the night song at the mere pass-
ing of a cloud and returning to the old note when the sky is clear. By
imitating the two songs in the daytime the grasshoppers can be made to
represent either at will ; at night they have but one note."::

Twenty-one species of this sub-family, representing three genera, are
known to occur in the state.

Key to Genera of Conocephalin^e.

a. Vertex produced forwards into a long sharp cone;

stridulating organ of male green and opaque . . V. Conocephalus.
<ia. Vertex terminating in a rounded tubercle which
is hollowed out on the sides ; stridulating organ
of male light brown and partly transparent.

-American Naturalist, II., 1868, 116.

113

h. Prosternal spines very short ; ovipositor slender,

straight, or very nearly so ; insect small . . . ,VI. Xiimiidium.
bb. Prosternal spines long and slender ; ovipositor

stout, usually upcurved ; insect large . . VII. Okchelimum.

V. Conocephalus, Thunbergh (1815.)
The Cone headed Grasshoppers.

The members of this genus are readily known by having the vertex
prolonged forward and upward into a cone which much exceeds in length
the first segment of the antenna*. Face very oblique. Eyes subrotund,
rather prominent. Spines of pronotum long and slender. Wing covers
long, narrow, rounded at the end, much exceeding the abdomen and
slightly exceeding the wings in all our species. The stridulating organ of
the male is opaque and of a coarse texture in the left wing cover, but
transparent at the center of the right. Hind femora of moderate length,
rather slender, the insects often using the wings as locomotors. Ovipos-
itor rather narrow, nearly straight, oftentimes of excessive length; the
eggs of those species in which the oviposition has been noted, being de-
posited between the stem and the root leaves of plants. Anal plates of
male not produced; the cerci much swollen, recurved and toothed.

Although these insects are said to be rather common by those writers
who have prepared lists of Orthoptera from other States, yet in Central
and Western Indiana they are the least abundant of all the Locustidse, five-
years' collecting having yielded less than twenty specimens. In the
northern part of the State, however, they appear to be much more com-
mon. Of the habits of the species found in Illinois, McNeill has written :
"All the species of Conocephalus seem to possess more intelligence than
is usual in Orthoptera, and they are about the most difficult of the order
to approach. In escaping they usually slip or fall into the grass in-
stead of jumping or flying ; but they seem to fully understand that they
are very well protected by their color and form. If approached very
cautiously they often remain quite still upon the stem of grass upon
which you have surprised them with the usually well founded expecta-
tion that you will not be able to distinguish them from the green herbage
around. If they think it worth while to make some active movement to
escape they will frequently slip around on the other side of the stem and
walk down the stem to the ground or off upon another plant. Unlike
most Orthoptera they do not use their front legs in holding to the mouth

8

114

the thing upon which they feed. Instead of biting they seem to wrench
or tear away pieces from the stems or leaves." ;>

The genus is a large one, 101 species being included by Eedtenbacher in
his monograph. About one dozen are known to occur in the Eastern
United States, and four have, up to the present, been taken in Indiana.

a. Cone of vertex slender, about 3.5 mm. in length, and with either
the margin or lower face black.
b. A black line on each margin of cone extending from the apex
half way or more to base ; inner, lower carina of posterior
femora with four or five minute spines.
10. Conocephalus ensiger, Harris. The Sword-bearer.

Conocephalus ensiger, Harris, Ins. Inj. to ATeg., 1862, L63, fig.79.

Scudder, Boat. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1802, 441).
Id., Dist. Ins. in New Hamp., 1874, 367. (Note of

to music.)
Id., Am. Ency., Ed. 1881, VIII., 170, fig. — .
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIII., 1892, 72. (Note

of to music.)
Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agl. Soc, Y., 1865, 445.
Smith, Orthop. of Maine, 1868, 145.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., L884, 187, fig. 263.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 115.
Eernald, Orth. N. Eng., L888, 22.
Wheeler, Insect Life, II., L890, 221.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 23.
Smith, Ins. of N. Jersey, 1890, 410.
Id., Bull. Ag. Coll. Ex. Stat. N. Jer., No. 90, 1892,

31, pi. II.
Redtenbacher, Monogr. der Conoceph., 1891, <'>7, 89.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 1111.
A slender-bodied species, the general color of which is grass green, the
body and face paler; the posterior tibiae and tip of ovipositor infuscated.
Lateral carinte of pronotum sometimes with a faint yellow line, more
plainly visible in the dried specimens. Tegmina very long and slender.
Cone of vertex with a small tooth projecting downward from the front of
its base. Ovipositor of excessive length, straight, the apex pointed.

'Psyche, VI.

115

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 26 mm.; of tegmina, 42 mm.;
of posterior femora, 21 mm. Female— Length of body, 28 mm.; of teg-
mina 47 mm.; of posterior femora, 23 mm.; of cone of vertex 3.25 mm.; of
pronotum, 7.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 31 mm.

This is probably the most widely distributed species occurring in the
Eastern United states, having been recorded from Maine to Nebraska. It
is the most common one occurring in Northern Indiana, where it frequents
the tall rank grasses along ditches and the borders of damp prairies. In
Vigo and Putnam counties it is scarce, being replaced by C. nebrascensis,
Brunei'.

The female has been recorded as depositing her eggs between the stem
and root leaves of Andropogon, a genus of tall, coarse grasses which grow
in dry, sandy localities. The young, hatched in May, reach maturity
about the 5th of August. Mr. Scudder, who has set the note of the male to
music, says of the song: " This insect has but a single song and stridu-
lates only by night, or during cloudy weather. It begins its song as soon
as the sky is obscured or the sun is near the horizon. It commences with
a note like b r w, then pauses an instant and immediately emits a rapid
succession of sounds like c h w i at the rate of about five per second, and
continues them for an unlimited time. Another writer likens its note to
the syllable ' ik-ik-ih,' as if sharpening a saw, enlivening low bushes, and
particularly the corn patch, as it seems to especially delight in perching
near the top of a cornstalk and there giving forth its rather impulsive
song."

bb. Cone of the vertex entirely black beneath ; posterior femora armed
on both of the lower carina' with a number of plainly visible
spines.

11. CoNOCEPHALUS NEBRASCENSIS, BrUIier.

Conoceplialus nebrascemis, Bruner, Canadian Ent., XXIII. , 1891, 72.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 23. -
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 119.
Scudder, Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont.. XXIII., 1892, 72.
A heavier bodied and shorter winged species than the preceding. The
cone of the vertex projecting upward more strongly and with the apical
half more tapering than in ensiger ; the basal tooth quite prominent. " Anal
cerci of male stout, with strong internal hooks. Ovipositor long and slen-
der, lanceolate, a little curved upwards and extending about one-fourth
of an inch beyond the closed tegmina."

116

"General colour bright grass green (rarely a yellowish brown or tan)
with narrow, yellowish lines along the lateral carina? of the pronotum.
Posterior tibia? together with all the feet more or less infuscated."— Bru-
ner.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 28 mm.; of tegmina, 37 mm.; of
pronotum, 8 mm.; of cone of vertex, 3.5 mm.; of posterior femora, 21 mm.
Female— Length of body, 33 mm.; of tegmina, 42 mm.; of posterior femora,
23 mm.; of ovipositor, 29 mm.

The above measurements are very nearly the same as those given by
Mr. Bruner in the original description of the species, and are the average
of a half dozen specimens in my collection. I have one female, however,
which is so much larger that at first I was inclined to think it a different
species, but the color and structure, except the measurements, agree in
every particular with those given above of nebrascensis. The following are
the measurements of the specimen in question :

Length of body, 36 mm.; of cone, 4.5 mm.; of tegmina, 49 mm.; of poste-
rior femora, 30 mm.; of ovipositor, 39 mm.

This species has not before been recorded east of Illinois, but in Central
Indiana it is the most common of the three species occurring there. A
number of specimens have been taken in Putnam county by Mr. Riley and
in Vigo and Fulton counties by myself. When approached it often at-
tempts to escape by burrowing beneath the fallen grass. It frequents
the same localities as C. ensiger and is very liable to be mistaken for that
species by the casual observer, but may at once be distinguished by the
characters given above.

aa. Cone of vertex rather stout, less than 3 mm. in length, devoid of
black markings,
c. Lateral carina? of pronotum with a yellow line ; wing covers with
irregularly distributed black dots ; ovipositor exceeding 2">
mm. in length.
12. Coxocepii Airs robustus, Scudder.

Conocephalus robustus, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., L862, 449.
Id., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XL, 1868, 7.

(Song of.)
Id., Am. Naturalist, II., 1868, 117. (Song of.)
Id., Distb. Ins. in N. Hamp., 1874, 367. (Song of.)
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIIL, 1892, 72. (Song of.)

117

Riley, Stand. Xat. History., II., 1884, L87.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 115.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 23.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 2:;.
Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 410.
Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 89.
PI. III., fig. 3(i.

A larger and thicker bodied species than either of the preceding; and
the wing covers broader. Cone of the vertex more like that of C. ensiger
but shorter, with the apex more obtuse ; the frontal basal spine distinct
but blunt. Posterior femora armed beneath on both carina? with a num-
ber of rather weak spines. Wings of male equalling the tegmina in length,
in the female a little shorter. Ovipositor shorter than in either of the
above species. General color either pea-green or dirty brown* or a mixture
of both. The cone rarely with a black spot at apex, its sides often with a
narrow yellowish line.

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 30 mm.; of tegmina, 44 mm.;
of hind femora, 23 mm.; of pronotum, 8 mm.; of cone, 2 mm. Female-
Length of body, 31 mm.; of tegmina, 48 mm.; of hind femora, 26 mm.; of
ovipositor, 26 mm.

This species seems to be an inhabitant of sandy districts and occurs
only along the Atlantic sea coast and the shores of the Great Lakes. In
Indiana it has been noted only in Lake county, where. Prof. E. E. Slick
found it quite frequently along the shore of Lake Michigan during Sep-
tember and October. Of the specimens sent to me — a half dozen males-
he wrote : They were caught off of trees, in the dusk of the evening, aa
they were singing. They sang (" whetted") continuously for ten minutes
or longer while I watched them.

Mr. Scudder thus describes the note as heard in New England: " Ro-
bustus is exceedingly noisy and sings equally, and I believe similarly, by
day and night. The song resembles that of the harvest fly, Cicada canicu-
laris. It often lasts for many minutes, and seems, at a distance, to be
quite uniform ; on a nearer approach one can hear it swelling and decreas-
ing in volume and it is accompanied by a buzzing sound, quite
audible near at hand, which resembles the humming of a bee or the dron-
ing of a bagpipe."

■■C. ensiger is said also to be thus dimorphic in coloration, but all that I have seen from
this state are of the green variety.

118

c. Lateral carina- of pronotum without trace of yellow ; wing cov-
ers a bright, grass green, immaculate; ovipositor less than 20
mm. in length.
13. Conocepiialus palusteis, Blatchley.

Conocepiialus palustris, Blatchley, Canad. Ent. XXV., 1893, 89.

A small but comparatively heavy-bodied species, having the cone of the
vertex devoid of black markings and without a basal tooth ; ovipositor
very short and broad; posterior femora armed beneath on both carin.i .

Cone of the vertex short and stout, the tip round, the dellexed front
with a dull median carina. Pronotum short, broad, the posterior margin
regularly rounded, the lateral carina- well defined, the entire surface
thickly and rather deeply punctate. Tegmina long and rather narrow,
regularly rounded to the apex ; of a more delicate texture than in either
C. ensiger, Harris, or C. robustus, Scudder. Fore and middle femora with
two short spines on the apical third of the lower outer carina. Hind legs
short, the tibia? but little more than half as long as the closed tegmina ;
the femora with plainly visible spines on both of the inferior carina, eight
on the outer and six on the inner. Ovipositor a little shorter than the
hind tibia', broadest at a point about two-thirds the distance from the
base, thence tapering regularly to a sharp apex.

General color a very bright grass green. Fastigium tipped with dull
yellow, which extends half way down tin- sides. Labrum and apical seg-
ments of all the palpi a rose red tiDged with violet. Tarsi somewhat
infuscated. Antenna' and apical third of ovipositor reddish-brown.

Measurements : Female— Length of body, 27 mm.; of fastigium in front
of eye, 2.75 mm.: of pronotum, 7 mm.; of tegmina, 37 mm.; of hind femora,
20 mm.; of hind tibia', 19.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 19 mm.

This handsome species of Conocepiialus belongs to the same group as < '.
robustus and C. crepitans, Scudder, but is smaller and of a more uniform
and brighter green than either of those species, besides having shorter
legs, ovipositor, etc. It is described from a single female taken October
21, from the fallen grasses on the margins of a large low-land pond in Vigo
county. This pond is surrounded on all sides by heavy timber, and its
margins have yielded a number of interesting Orthoptera found nowhere
else in the county. Among them are Leptysma marginicollis, Serv., Paroxya
atlantica, Scudder, Anaxiphus pulicarius, Sauss., Ph)/Hoscirtes pulchellus, Uhler,
and Xiphidium nigropleurum, Bruner. The first four mentioned are insects
of a southern range, and perhaps C. palustris will in time be found to be
more common southward.

119

VI. Xipiiidium, Serville (1831 |.

This genus includes our smallest winged Locustidse. The vertex pro-
jects forward and slightly upward in the form of a rounded tubercle which
is hollowed out on the sides for the reception of the basal joint of the an-
tenrue. Face rounded, somewhat oblique. P]yes rather large, sub-globose.
Spines of prosternum very short and weak ; often mere cone-shaped protu-
berances. "Wing covers narrow, straight, rounded at the end, often varying
much in length in the same species, but for the most part shorter than
the abdomen. Wings usually a little shorter than the wing covers. Strid-
ulating organ of male well developed, the veins prominent, light brown
in color, and with the middle transparent. Hind femora of medium
length, stout at base. Ovipositor narrow, straight, or but slightly curved,
oftentimes of excessive length. Anal plates of male not prolonged ; the
cerci usually much swollen, and toothed at base on the inner margin.
Eight species are known to occur in the State.

These insects are more variable in color and in the length of wings than
those of any other genus of Orthoptera known to me. The variations,
however, seem to be abrupt with no intervening forms. There are long-
winged and short- winged forms of the same specie* but none with the
wings of medium length ; and when a brown form is tinged with green,
or vice versa, the amount of the different color varies but little. Five of
our eight species are thus dimorphic as regards the length of wings, the
short-winged individuals, as far as my observation goes, far outnumber-
ing those with the wings fully developed; and at least three of the eight
are variable with respect to color.

a. Ovipositor shorter than the body.
b. Ovipositor straight.
c. Wings a little longer than the wing covers ; the latter always fully
developed.
14. Xiphidium fasciatum:, (DeGeer.) The Slender Meadow Grasshopper.-
Locusta fasciata DeGeer, "Mem., III., 1778, 45S, PI. XL., fig. 4."
Xiphidium fasciatum, Burmeister, Handb. der Ent., II. , 1839, 708.

Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 451.
Id., Distr. of Ins. in N. Harnp., 1874, 368.
Id., Rep. U. S. Ent. Com., II., Appen. II., L880, 23.
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc.Ont., XXIII., 1892, 75. (Song of.)
Smith, Orthop. of Maine, 1868, 145.

120

Packard, Guide, Stud. Ins., 1883, 567.
Riley, Stand. Nat. History., II., 1884, 186.
Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Nat. Hist., I., 1885,

128.
Id., Ent. News, III., 1892, 265.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 114.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 24.
Smith, Ins. of N. Jer., 1890, 411.
Id., Bull. 90, Ag. Coll. Exp. Stat. N. Jer., 1892, 31,

pi. II.
McNeill, Psyche, VI , 1891, 24.
Pedtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 192,

pi. IV., fig. 82.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, lis.
< >ne of the most slender bodied species belonging to our fauna, and the
only one whose wings are never shorter than the body. Posterior femora
reaching to or slightly beyond the tip of tegmina in the female, distinctly
shorter in the male. Face, sides of pronotum and abdomen, and basal
portion of ovipositor green ; tegmina and apical third of ovipositor light
reddish brown ; upper side of abdomen, and stripe on occiput and disk of
pronotum darker brown ; legs green, brownish on the knees and tarsi.

Measurements: Male —Length of body, 13.5 mm.; of tegmina, 17.5
mm.; of hind femora, 11.5 mm. ; of pronotum, 3.5 mm. Female — Length
of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 16 mm.; of hind femora, 13 mm.; of ovi-
positor, 8 mm.

Abundant everywhere in timothy and clover meadows and especially
so about small streams in low ground, blue-grass pastures. One of the
first of the Locustida- to reach maturity, specimens having been taken in
Vigo county as early as July 5th. The note of the male is very faint — a
kind of zr r-r-r long drawn out.

Fasciatum has, perhaps, the widest distribution of any of our American
Locustid;e, its range, according to Pedtenbacher, being from British
America to Buenos Ayres. S. A.

The Orchelimum graeile of Harris, usually quoted as a synonym of X.fas-
ciatum, has been shown by Bruner (Ent. News, he. tit.) to be a distinct and
valid species.

cc. Wings shorter than the wing covers ; the latter variable in
length.

121

15. Xiphidium brevipennk, Scudder.

Xiphidium brevipennis, Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 451.
Xiphidium brevipenne, Id., Dist. Ins. in N. Hamp., 1874, 368.

Id., Sec. Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., 1880 Appen.,

II., 23.
Smith, Orth. of Maine, 1868, 145.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 180.
Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., 1885,

I., 128.
Coinstock, Int. Ent., I., 18S8, 114.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 18S8, 24.
Smith, Ins. of N. Jer., 1890, 411.
Id., Bull. 90, Ag. Coll. Exp. Stat. N. Jer., 1892,

31, pi. II.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 24.
Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 206,

pi. IV., fig. 91.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., L, 1892, 119.
Blatchley, Can. Ent., XXIV., 1892, 26.
A little shorter and thicker bodied species than X.fasciatum. Posterior
femora rather short and stout, unarmed beneath, or rarely with one to
four minute spines. Cerci of male swollen, the apex strongly compressed
and obtuse, armed below the middle with a rather flat, sharp-pointed
tooth.

General color light reddish brown; the face and sides of pronotum
usually green ; stripe on occiput and disk of pronotum a very dark brown,
margined on each side with a narrow yellow line; ovipositor reddish
brown throughout.

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 12 mm.; of tegmina, 8 mm.;
of posterior femora, 11.5 mm.; of pronotum, 3.5 mm. Female — Length
of body, 13 mm. ; of tegmina, 7.5 mm. ; of posterior femora, 11 mm. ; of
pronotum, 3 mm. ; of ovipositor, 9-10 mm.

This is also an abundant species throughout the State, frequenting the
same localities asfasciatim and reaching maturity about a fortnight later.
Long- winged forms of it occasionally occur, but in Indiana they are very
scarce, but one or two having come under my notice. Of the variations
in the length of the wing covers of it and allied species Prof. Bruner has
well said : " That in the genera Xiphidium and Orchelimum wing length is

122

a character not to be relied upon as specific or even varietal difference* ; "
yet Redtenbacher in his Monographic der Conocephaliden has separated
a number of his species by this character alone, and I can find no men-
tion in his work of the fact that such a variation exists.

66. Ovipositor a little curved ; tegmina constant in length, covering
about two-thirds of the abdomen in the male ; shorter in the
female.

1(1. Xiphidium xk.morai.e, Scudder.

Xiphidium nerrCorale, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII., L875,
462.
Id., Entom. Notes, IV., 1875, 65.
Id., Cent. Orth., 1879, 15.
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIII., L892, 75.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., L891, 24.
Bruner, Can. Ent., XXIII, 1891, 59.
Xiphidium curtipehne, Redtenbacher, Monograph der Conoceph., 1891,
208.
A rather robust species with the general color a dark, greenish brown ;
tegmina light reddish brown with the front or lower area fuscous. Dor-
sal stripe of occiput and pronotum not contrasting so strongly with the
general color as in the preceding species, margined with a narrow yellow
line on each side. All the femora punctate with reddish dots, the tarsi
and tip of hind femora dusky. Tegmina with the veins and cross veins
unusually prominent giving them a coarse and scabrous look ; the tympa-
num of male stout and elevated. Cerci conical, the apex obtuse, but lit-
tle compressed. Ovipositor as long as the abdomen, the apical half with
a gentle but evident upward curve.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 14 mm. ; of tegmina, 8 mm. ;
of hind femora, 12 mm. ; of pronotum, 3.5 m. Female— Length of body,
15 m.m. ; of tegmina, 5.5 mm. ; of hind femora, 13 mm. ; of ovipositor, 9
mm.

Redtenbacher, in his Monographie, has evidently described this species
as new under the name of curtipemu . His specimens were from Missouri.
Nemorale is a very common insect in Vigo and Putnam counties but has
not as yet, been taken in the northern part of the State. It reaches ma-
turity about August 1 5th and from then until after heavy frosts may be
found in numbers along the borders of dry, upland woods, fence rows, and

* Canadian Ent . . XXIII. 59.

L23

roadsides where it delights to rest on the low shrubs, blackberry bushes,
or coarse weeds usually growing in such localities. On the sunny after-
noons of mid-autumn it is especially abundant on the lower parts of the
rail and board fences, the male uttering his faint and monotonous love
call— a sort of ch-e-e-e-c — ch-e-e-e-e, continuously repeated the female but
a short distance away, a motionless, patient, and apparently attentive
listener. "When in coitu the male does not mount the back of the female,
but, with his body reversed, is dragged about by her, this being the com-
mon practice of all the species of Xiphidium and Orchelimum. Nemorale
has been recorded only from Nebraska, Iowa, and Illinois and seems to be
confined to the northern half of the middle United States.

aa. Ovipositor equal to fir longer than the body.
</. Length of posterior femora almost equal to that of ovipositor.
e. Body rather stout; the tegmina always covering more than half
the abdomen.
/. Abdomen with the dorsal surface light brown, the sides green,
or greenish yellow.

17. Xiphidium knmfkium, Scudder.

Xiphidium ensifer, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 451.
Xiphidium ensiforme, Id., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., 1S76,

II., 261.
Xiphidium ensiferum, Id., Sec. Rep. IT. S. Ent. Comm., 1880, Appen II., 23.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 186.
Comstock, Int. to Ent., I., 1888, 114.
Wheeler, Insect Life, II., 1890, 222. (Oviposition

of.)
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 181)1, 24.
Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 209.
Very similar in general appearance to A', brevipenne, Scudder, and may
be only a variety of that species. Typical examples are larger with a
much longer ovipositor. The general color is also more of a green than in
brevipenne; the face, sides of pronotum and abdomen, and the four an-
terior femora being of that hue. The tegmina and wings are light, red-
dish brown, as are also the tibise and ovipositor; the latter becoming a
deeper brown towards the apex. Cerci of male rather stout, with the
apical half curved slightly outward and depressed. Ovipositor slender,
straight.

124

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 13.5 mm.; of tegmina, 9 mm.;
of hind femora, 13 mm.; of pronotum, 3.5 mm. Female— Length of body,
14.5 mm.; of tegmina, 8.5 mm.; of hind femora, 14 mm.; of ovipositor,
15 mm.

Although found in Indiana wherever collections have been made, this
species appears to be less common than either fasciatum or brevipenne. It
differs from them also in the manner of oviposition, as, instead of depositing
its eggs in the stems of grasses, it seeks the turnip-shaped galls so common
on certain species of Salir (willow) and oviposits between their scales.
The gall is not formed by the Locustid, but by a Dipterous insect belong-
ing to the family of Cecidomyickr. Although I have never seen the eggs
deposited I have on a number of occasions found them within the galls,
but did not know to what insect they belonged until Mr. AVheeler pub-
lished (loc. tit.) his excellent account of the oviposition of this species.
From that I quote as follows: " On September 8th I observed a female
in the act of ovipositon. She was perched with her head turned toward
the apex of the gall. Slowly and sedately she thrust her sword-shaped
ovipositor down between the leaves, and, after depositing an egg, as slowly
withdrew the organ in order to recommence the same loperation, after
taking a few steps to one side of where she had been at work. She soon
observed me and slipped away without completing her task. The num-
ber of eggs found in a gall varies considerably. Sometimes but two or
three will be found, more frequently from fifty to one hundred. In one
small gall I counted one hundred and seventy." The egg is cream colored,
very thin, elongate oval in outline, and measures 4x1 mm.* The young
emerge about the middle of May and reach maturity about August 10th.
Long-winged forms of this species are occasionally met with.

On October 21 a pupa was taken which had a white hair worm ( Gordius)
8i inches long in its abdomen.

En&iferum was first described from Illinois, and, as yet, has not been
recorded east of the Alleghany Mountains.

ff. Abdomen with the dorsal surface a fuscous brown, the sides shining
black.

-Mr. B. 1). Walsh, in the Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., III., 18H4, 232, recorded the finding, on
numerous occasions, of the eggs of an Orchclimum in the turnip-shaped galls of Salix
cordata. Their shape and proportional dimensions, as given by him, differ much from
those of X ensifcrum, as they were cylindrical, .10 to .17 of an inch long, and seven
times as long as wide.

1 25

is. Xiphidium nigropleurum, Bruner. The Black-sided Grasshopper.
Xiphidium nigropJcurum, Bruner, Canad. Entom., XXITL, 1891, 58.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1862, 118.
Blatchley, Canad. Ent., XXV., L893, 90,

A medium sized, rather robust species, easily distinguished from all
others of the genus by its peculiar coloration. In Indiana dimorphic
forms occur; one having the pronotum, tegmina and legs bright grass
green, the other with these parts brownish yellow, the green wholly ab-
sent. Both forms have the stripe on the occiput and the sides of the ab-
domen shining black ; the former narrowing in front to the width of the
tubercle, and bordered on each side with yellowish white. In the green
forms the usual brown stripe on the disk of pronotum is but faintly de-
fined, in the other it is very evident.

" The tegmina are usually abbreviated, reaching only four-fifths of the
length of the abdomen, but an occasional specimen is to be found in
which the wings are fully developed and then reach to the extremity of
the ovipositor in the female. Ovipositor straight, quite broad and heavy.
Male cerci of medium length, rather stout, tapering gently toward the
apex, and with a strong sub-basal tooth." — Bruner, (loc. <-it. I

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 9 mm.;
of hind femora, 13.5 mm.; of pronotum, 3.5 mm. Female — Length of
body, 15 mm.; of tegmina, 8.5 mm.: of hind femora, 14 mm.; of ovipos-
itor, 16 mm.

In Indiana this handsome insect is known to occur in the two widely
separated counties of Fulton and Vigo, but in restricted localities and
small numbers, as far as noted, in each. In Fulton county it was found
only in a broad, shallow ditch by the side of a railway and near the bor-
der of a large tamarack swamp, where it inhabited a space not more than
twenty feet square, which contained several dead willow branches, sur-
rounded by a dense growth of sedge and Polygonum. Here, on August
26th, four females were taken and on September 24th two males and two
females. These were all that were seen, although a careful search was
made over a wide area in every direction for others. The most of those
secured were taken by clasping the hand about the slender willow
branches which were raised a few inches above the ground, on the under
side of which the insects took refuge when pursued. A single male taken
from the margin of the large pond mentioned under Conocephaluspalustrix,
is the only specimen as yet seen in Vigo county. The species has been

126

noted before only in Iowa and Nebraska, but probably occurs in suitable
localities throughout northern Illinois and northwestern Indiana. ( >f its
habits in Nebraska, Bruner has written as follows : " It is quite plentiful
among the rank vegetation on low moist ground, and ie especially com-
mon in wet places where the " cut grass " (Leersia oryzoides, Swartz) grows.
The supposition is that this grass offers a better place than usual for the
deposition of its eggs, which are deposited between the leaves and stems
of grass. Grape vines and other creeping plants which form matted clus-
ters that afford shelter from the noonday sun and the bright light of day
are favorite haunts of this and other species of our nocturnal grasshop-
pers and a few of the arboreal crickets.''

-Since writing the above I have received a pair of this species from Mr.
A. P. Morse, Wellesly, Mass., which- were labelled "Ithaca, N. Y.," thus
extending eastward its known habitat by more than 700 miles.

ee. Body very slender; the tegmina exceedingly short, pad-like, cover-
ing only one-third of abdomen.

19. Xiphidium modestum, Bruner.

Xiphidium modestum, Bruner, Can. Ent , XXIII., 1891,56.

This is the smallest and most slender-bodied Locustid found in the
state. It is a dull, reddish brown in color, except the stripe on the occi-
put and disk of pronotum, which is a dark, chocolate-brown, the two col-
ors being separated by a rather wide yellowish line which in living speci-
mens is very distinct.

The cone of vertex is short and rather narrow. Tegmina, especially
those of the female, very short and obtusely rounded. Cerci of male
elongate, tapering, a little curved outward and armed with a rather long
sub-basal tooth. Ovipositor equalling the body in length, very slender
andtaperinsr, with its apical half slightly upcurved.

Measurements: Male Length of body, 10mm.; of tegmina, 3 mm.; of
hind femora, !» mm.: of pronotum, 3 mm. Female — Length of body, 11
mm.; of tegmina, 2.5 mm.; of hind femora, 9.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 11 mm.

As yet noted only at one point in the state, namely, the border of a raw
prairie near Heckland, Vigo county, where it was found in small num-
bers on October, L'lst. It appears to be less active than any other Xiphi-
dium, leaping a shorter distance when disturbed, and frequenting the sur-
face of the ground rather than the stems of the tall prairie grasses among
which it makes it home. It will probably be found throughout the prai-

127

rie region of the state, but has not bel'ore been recorded east of the Mis-
sissippi river, although it is said by Brunei- to be very plentiful in Ne-
braska, Iowa and Kansas.

dd. Posterior femora much shorter than the ovipositor ; the latter of
excessive length.
g. The common form with the tegmina very short, lees than half
the length of the abdomen ; the sides of the body green.

20. Xiphidium strictuji, Scudder.

Xiphidium strictum, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII., 1875, 460.

Id., Entom. Notes, IV., 1875, 63.

Id., Cent, of Orthop., 1879, 13.

Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., I., 1885,
128.

McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 24.

Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 205.
This is a species with the body rather slender, of more than average
length ; constant in color but dimorphic as respects the length of wings,
the long winged forms, however, being very scarce. Sides of head and
body together with all the femora green. The usual reddish brown stripes
on occiput and pronotum narrowly edged with whitish, especially on the
fastigium of the vertex. Tegmina reddish brown ; in the females exceed-
ingly short and pad like, or well developed and reaching almost to knees ;
when the former, a little longer than the wings ; when the latter, 5 mm.
shorter than the wings. In the brachypterous males (the only ones I have
seen ) the tegmina are somewhat less than half the length of the abdomen.
A reddish brown band on dorsal surface of abdomen, darker where it
meets the green on sides. < >vipositor pale red, straight, one and a half
times the length of the posterior femora. Cerci of male, long, the apical
half acuminate, curved slightly inward near the tip.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, o.o mm.;
of pronotum, 3.5 mm.; of hind femora, 13.5 mm. Female — Length of body,
1 7 mm.; of tegmina, short winded form, 3.5 mm.; long winged form, 16 mm.;
of hind femora, 15.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 23 mm.

A common species in the prairie country of the western and northern
parts of the state, where it frequents, for the most part, dry upland mead-
ows and prairies and reaches maturity about August 5th. An active
leaper and tumbler and, like the next species, often striving to escape de-

128

tection by burrowing beneath fallen weeds and grasses. Its general
range is to the west and southwest, it having first been described from
Texas, and it has not heretofore been recorded east of Illinois.

gg. The common form with the tegmina covering three-fourths or
more of abdomen ; sides of body dull, reddish brown.

21. Xiphidium attenuatum, Scudder. The Lance-tailed Grasshopper.
Xiphidium attenuation, Scudder, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, II., L869, 305,
(Long winged form. )
Bruner, Canad. Entom., XXIII. , 1891, 57.
Id., Entom. News, III., 1892, 265.
Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 191.
(Long winged form.)
Xiphidium scudderi, Blatchley, Canad. Entom., XXIV.. L892, 26. (Short

winged form.)
? Xiphidium lanceokUwm, Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 119.
A medium sized grasshopper with the sides of head and body dull reddish
brown. Vertex, disk of pronotum, and tegmina greenish brown in life,
the former with the usual dark brown median stripe. Femora greenish
brown, very rarely bright green, the tibia' and tarsi darker. Tegmina and
wings either abbreviated or fully developed — when the former, covering
about three-fourths of the abdomen, when the latter considerably surpass-
ing its tip in both sexes. Antenna' with the basal third reddish, the
remainder fuscous, longer than in any other member of the genus belong-
ing to our fauna, measuring 73 mm. in one specimen at hand. Ovipositor
also longer than in any other ; slender and nearly straight, the apex very
acuminate; cerci of male long, broad, with the apical third gently taper-
ing, the basal tooth minute, slender.

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 14 mm.; of pronotum, 3 mm.;
of tegmina, short form, 10 mm ; of hind femora, 14.5 mm. Female — Length
of body, 10 mm.; of tegmina, 9.5 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm.; of oviposi-
tor, 27 — 30 mm.

In Indiana the "Lance-tailed Grasehopper" has, up to the present, been
recorded only in Vigo county where it is common about the margins of
two large ponds in the Wabash river bottoms, but is found nowhere else.
The distance between these two ponds is 15 miles and the one to the south
is surrounded on all sides with heavy timber. About its margins on Sep-
tember 5th, 1892, mature specimens of X attenuatum were very plentiful

129

but no young were seen. On the next day the young in all stages were
found at the north pond, which lie* in an open prairie region, while but
one imago was noted. Ten days later the north pond was again visited
and many imagoes secured, although the young were still plentiful.

The difference in time of development at the two ponds is probably
due to the surrounding forest which shelters the one to the southward, as
about its margins occur the four southern species of Orthoptera mention e< 1
above in the notes on Conocephalus palustris, not one of which hag been
found at the north pond.

The males of attenuatum are, as far as my experience goes, the most active
leapers among the winged, Locustidse, jumping a half a dozen or more
times without pause when flushed, and in the net leaping so rapidly from
side to side as to prevent capture with the lingers. The females are evi-
dently handicapped in their leaping powers by the excessive length of the
ovipositor, and so more often endeavor to escape by burrowing beneath
the dense masses of fallen grass and reed stems which are always found in
their accustomed haunts.

I find that the length of the ovipositor among the different species of
Xiphidium is not at all dependent upon the age of the insect. In attenuatum
it is almost as long after the third, and fully as long after the fourth moult
as it is in the imago; while on August 11th a female of strictum was taken
with no vestige of tegmina in which the ovipositor measured IS mm.
The eggs of attenuatum, as the length of the ovipositor indicates, are laid
between the stems and leaves of tall, rank grasses.

Only the short winged form of this species has been noted in Indiana,
but Prof. Bruner has taken the long winged form in Nebraska, and Mr.
Scudder described it from the latter taken in Illinois ; though McNeill
makes no mention of the species in his list of Orthoptera from that state.
Kedtenbacher, in his Monographie, has copied Scudder's description and
has separated the species from all others of those from America to which
it is closely allied, placing it next to fasciatum, with which it has little af-
finity, by virtue of the wing characters alone.

VII. Okchelimum, Serville (1831).

Locustida- of medium size, but with a short and stout body. Vertex,
face and eyes much as in Xiphidium. Spines of the presternum well de-
veloped, cylindrical and slender. Antenna' slender and tapering, usually
of excessive length. Wing covers narrow, the apical half often much
less in width than the basal, exceeding the abdomen in all of our species;

9

130

almost always shorter than the wings. Stridulating organ of the male
as in Xiphidivm, but proportionally larger. Ovipositor stout, broad, with
the apical half usually upcurved ; when straight the apical third tapers
rather abruptly on the under side to a fine point. Anal plates and cerci
of males as in Xiphidivm.

Very close to Xiphidivm, and by some writers united with that genus,
liedtenbacher places it as a sub-genus of Xiphidivm, separating its mem-
bers from those of Xiphidinm proper by the same characters as did Ser-
ville. As scientists differ in opinion with respect to what characters are
necessary to constitute a genus, and as, at the best, it is but an artificial
and arbitrary grouping of species for the sake of convenience, I follow
Serville, Scudder and Bruner in separating the two, believing that the
prime idea of convenience can thus be better subserved.

As seen above, the larger, heavier body, longer prosternal spines, and
shorter and broader falcate ovipositor are the chief distinguishing char-
acters of Orchelimvm. The wing covers are more uniform in length, and
the color, while of slightly different shades of brown or green in the same
species according to season and habitat, does not run to the extremes of
variation as in Xiphidivm.

The generic name, Orchelimvm, the literal meaning of which is "I dance
in the meadows," is a most appropriate one, for low, moist meadows
everywhere swarm with these insects from July to November ; and though
waltzes and quadrilles are probably not indulged in, yet the music and
song, the wooing and love-making which are the natural accompaniments
of those amusements, are ever present, and make the short season of ma-
ture life of the participants a seemingly happy one.

Nine species of the genus have been taken by the writer within the
State, and probably several others occur which have not as yet been dis-
covered.

a. Ovipositor with a very evident curve; its length less than 10mm.
b. Face without a median brown stripe,
c. Posterior femora unarmed beneath.

d. Tegmina broadest at base ; the apical third narrower ; body
robust.
e. Tegmina and wings sub-equal in length ; size, medium.

22. Obchelimum vulgabe, Harris. The Common Meadow Grasshopper.
Orchelimvm vulgare, Harris, Ins. Inj. to Veg., 1802, 1(12, fig. 77.

131

Scudder, Boat. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 452.
Id., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XI., 18G8. (Note

of set to music.)
Id., Am. Naturalist, II., 1808, 117. (Note of set

to music.)
Id., Distrib. Ins. in N. Hamp., 1874, 368. (Note of

set to music.)
Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIII., 1892, 73. (Note

of set to music.)
Rathvon, TJ. S. Agr. Rep., 1862, 382.
Smith, Orthop. Maine, 1868, 145.
Thomas, Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 269.
Packard, Guide to Stud. Ins., 1883, 567.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 187.
Bruner, Bull. Washb., Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., I., 1885,

129.
Comstock, Int. Entom., I., 1888, 114.
Smith, Ins. of N. Jersey, 1890, 411.
Id., Bull. Ag. Coll. Exp. Stat. N. Jer., No. 90, 1892,

5,22,31, fig. 13, pi. II.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 25.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., 1892, 118.
Xiphidium vulgare, Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1884, 24.
Xiphidium fasciatum, Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agl. Soc, V., 1865, 444.

(Not X. fasciatum, DeGeer.)

Xiphidium agile, Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 186. (In

part.)

A medium sized, robust species, with the general color green or light

reddish brown. Face light green or light brown without fuscous marks.

The occiput and disk of pronotum with a reddish brown band, widening

on the latter, where it is often, especially in the male, bordered on each

side with a darker line. The male (as in most of our species) with two

short, black dashes on each wing cover, the four forming the angles of an

assumed square, enclosing the tympanum. The legs usually pale brown,

the tarsi dusky. Pronotum long, its posterior lobe but slightly, if at all,

upturned above the plane of the anterior, its hind margin broadly rounded.

Tegmina reaching to or very slightly beyond the apex of hind femora,

and equalling or very little shorter than the wings. Cerci of male rather

132

long, the apex bluntly rounded, a little depressed ; sub-basal tooth some-
what flattened, with the tip sharp and decurved.

Measurements: Male— Length of body. 18 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.;
of tegmina, 21 mm.; of hind femora, 18 mm. Female — Length of body,
19 mm.; of pronotum 6.2 mm.; of tegmina, 21 mm.; of hind femora, 18.5
mm.; of ovipositor, 7.5 mm.

Redtenbacher places vulgare as a synonym of DeGeer's Xiphidium agile,
stating as his reason for so doing that Harris and Scudder have separated
the two " on account of small differences in the color and size of the wing
covers, as well as in the length of the ovipositor.'' He may be right in
thus combining them, but his relative measurements of X. agile, as given,
do not agree with specimens of undoubted vulgare in my possession.
Scudder, who has had ample opportunity to compare the two, says (Bost.
Journ. Nat. -Hist.) that the pronotum is shorter in agile than in vulgare.
Redtenbacher's measurements of this organ, as well as those of the hind
femora, are much less than the average measurements given above. Har-
ris, as well as Burmeister, states that the tegmina of agile are 2.5 mm.
shorter than the wings, while McNeill, in his description of 0. silvaliemu*
says that agile has the hind femora armed beneath. Taking all these
facts into consideration, though having no typical example of agile lor
comparison, I have concluded not to follow Redtenbacher but to retain
for the species at hand the name vulgare, by which it is best known to
the entomologists of the F/nited States.

This is probably the most abundant member of the family Locustidrc
found in Indiana. It begins to reach maturity in the central part of the
State about July 20th, and more frequently than any other of our species
of Orchelimum it is found in upland localities, along fence rows, and in
clover and timothy meadows. In early autumn it seems to be very fond
of resting on the leaves and stems of the ironweed, Vernonia fasciculata,
Michx., so common in many blue grass pastures. Vulgare seems to be
somewhat carnivorous in habit, as on two occasions I have discovered it
feeding upon the bodies of small moths which in some way it had man-
aged to capture. The note of the male has been well represented by Mc-
Neill as "the familiar zip-zip-zip-zip-ze-e-e-e — the staccato first part being
repeated about four times, usually about twice a second; the ze-e-e-e con-
tinuing from two or three to twenty or more seconds."

-Psyche, VI.. 26.

133

ee. Tegmina distinctly shorter than wings ; size large.

23. Orchelimum glaberrimum, ( Burmeister. )

Xiphidium glaberrimum, Burmeister, Handb. der Ent., II., 1838, 707.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 25.
Redtenbacher,Monog.derConoceph., 1891, 187.
Orchelimum glaberrimum Scudder,Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862,453.
Walsh, Proc. Eat. Soc. Phil., III., 1864, 232.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 186.
Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., I.,

1885, 128.
Comstock, Int. to Entom., I., 1888, 114.
, Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 410.
McNeil, Psyche, VI., 1891, 25.
Very close to and perhaps only a larger form of 0. vulgarc. The general
color is the same, but the brown line on the disk of pronotum is, in the
female, more plainly margined with black, while in the male the black
dashes at ends of tympanum are larger and more completely enclose that
organ. The tegmina of the male exceed the hind femora by about 4 mm.,
and are exceeded by the wings about the same distance; those of the fe-
male are proportionally a little shorter.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 22.5 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.;
of tegmina, 25 mm.; of hind femora, 19 mm. Female— Length of body,
23 mm.; of pronotum, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, 24 mm.; of hind femora, 19
mm.; of ovipositor, 8.5 mm.

Burmeister's original description of this species is very short and not
distinctive. It is as follows : " Verticis et pronoti medio fulvo, nigro-
marginato; elytris ab alis dimidia linea superatis. Long. Corp., II"'." Bur-
meister knew but two species from the United States, and this short de-
scription was sufficient for him to distinguish these, but of the twenty or
more species now known it is difficult to say just which one he had in
mind when he wrote the above. Of the specimens referred to this species
I have but three examples. One is from Fulton county, the other two
from Vigo. They were taken from tall grass growing near the margin of
ponds. Nothing distinctive of their habits is known.

dd. Tegmina of equal width throughout ; body slender.

24. Orchelimum campestre, Blatchley.

Orchelimum campestre, Blatchley, Canad. Entom., XXV., 1893, 91.

184

A species of less than medium size, with the wing- covers narrow and
of almost equal width throughout, the posterior femora unarmed beneath,
and the ovipositor short and narrow.

Cone of the vertex prominent, narrow, rounded at the apex ; the sides
of the frontal deflexed portion rapidly converging to form a very acute
wedge. Wing-covers long, slender, not narrowed in the middle as in 0.
vulgare, glaberrimum, etc., tapering slightly on the apical third to a rounded
end ; their length equalling that of the wings in the male, a little shorter
in the female. Posterior femora with the basal half quite stout, the length
less than that of the tegmina. Cerci of male slender, cylindrical, some-
what pointed, the apical half curved slightly outwards, the basal tooth
short and weak. Ovipositor short, narrow, moderately upcurved, and
tapering to a delicate point.

Color. — Tegmina and wings almost uniform transparent olivaceous brown.
The usual dark reddish-brown band upon the occiput and disk of pro-
notum is margined on the latter with two very narrow and darker brown
stripes, which extend back to the middle of the posterior lobe of the
pronotum. Face, and usually the hind femora, a dirty olive brown ; the
latter, when dry, with a blackish longitudinal band on the exterior face.
In the female the only green on the body is on the* lower part of the sides
of the pronotum and on the anterior femora. The only male at hand has
the posterior femora green, but otherwise is colored like the females.
Ovipositor light reddish-brown.

Measurements. — Length of body, male, 17.5 mm.; female, 19 mm.; of
pronotum, male, 4.5 mm.; female, 5 mm.; of tegmina, male, 20.5 mm.;
female, 24.5 mm.; of antenna-, male, 40 mm.; of posterior femora, male, 17
mm.; female, 17.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 7 mm.

This dull colored grasshopper has been found in small numbers in both
Yigo and Fulton counties, in upland prairie meadows, where it frequents
the tall grasses, usually in company with Xiphidium stridum, Scudder.

It is a smaller and more slender bodied insect than the common 0.
vulgare, Harris, and has a shorter and narrower pronotum and a much
smaller ovipositor than that species.

"■. Apical half of posterior femora armed beneath with several small
spines.
/'. All the tibia- and tarsi black or dark brown.

135

25. Oechelimum xig rites, Scudder. The Black-legged Grasshopper.

Orchelimum nigripes, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII., 1875,
459.

Id., Entom. Notes, IV., 1875, 62.

Id., Cent. Orthop., 1879, 12.

Id., Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXIII., 1892, 73.

Bruner, Bull, Washb., Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., I.,
1885, 128.

McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 25.

Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 188.

Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 118.

Blatchley, Canad. Ent., XXV., 1S93, 93.
Somewhat smaller than 0. ndgare ; the body moderately robust. Pro-
notum short, the posterior lobe, especially in the male, rather strongly
upturned. Tegmina a little shorter than the wings, surpassing slightly
the hind femora. The shrilling organ of the male is unusually large and
prominent with strong cross veins, and behind it the tegmina taper rap-
idly on both margins ; their shape and the size of the tympanum causing
the male to appear somewhat peculiar and much more robust than it
really is. Hind femora armed on apical half of lower outer carina with
from one to four small spines. Cerci of male slender, tapering, the apex
a little obtuse; the sub-basal tooth long, slender and a little curved.
Ovipositor rather long, broadest in the middle, tapering to a delicate point.
The males vary much in size. General color green or reddish-brown, the
former prevailing in the male, the latter in the female. Occiput and disk
of pronotum with the usual brown markings. Front and sides of head,
and four front femora, reddish yellow. All the tibiae and tarsi, together
with the apical third of hind femora, black or dark brown ; in one speci-
men at hand the whole body, except the wing-covers and femora, black.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 18 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.;
of tegmina, 21 mm.; of hind femora, 16 mm. Female — Length of body,
19 mm.; of tegmina, 22 mm.; of hind femora, 17 mm.; of ovipositor, 9 mm.
A lowland species, which, in Vigo county, is excessively common from
August 1st to October 15th, about the river bottom ponds mentioned
above, where it frequents the stems and leaves of the different species of
Polygonum, or smart weed, growing in the shallow water. A few specimens
have been taken in Putnam county, and a single male from the margin of
a tamarack swamp at Kewanna, Fulton county, so that it probably occurs

L36

in suitable localities throughout the state. It was first described from
Texas and has not before been recorded east of Illinois, though it has been
taken by myself at Celina, Ohio. It song is much more faint than that of
Q. rujgare, and the z-e-e-e-e is much less prolonged.

ff. The tibia' and tarsi green or reddish-brown.

26. OrciielImum silvaticum, McNeill.

Orchelimum sUvaHcum, McNeill, Psyche, VI., February, 1891, 26.

Scudder, Rep. Fnt. Soc. Ont., NNIIL, 1892, 73.
! Xiphidium spinulosum, Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., April,
1891, 189.

A somewhat smaller and less robust species than 0. mdgare, though the
proportional measurements of the two are almost the same. The pro-
notum is shorter, the tegmina more narrow, and in the female the latter
are slightly exceeded by the wings : equalling them or a little shorter in
the male. The hind femora reach to or slightly beyond the apex of teg-
mina and are armed on the lower outer carina with three or four minute
spines. The general color is the same as that of wlgare, but the blackish
stripes on the margin of the brown discal stripe of pronotum are more dis-
tinct than in that species.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 17.5 mm.; of pronotum, 4.5 mm.;
of tegmina, 16.5 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm. Female — Length of body,
17.5 mm.; of tegmina, 17 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm.; of ovipositor, 8 mm.

I am inclined to believe that Redtenbacher's Xiphidwm spinulosum is this
species. The measurements as given by him are somewhat greater, but
otherwise the description agrees. McNeill's name, however, has the
priority.

In Indiana this species has, up to the present, been taken only in Vigo
county, where it frequents the borders of cultivated fields and open woods,
reaching maturity about August 20th. " Its stridulation," says McNeill,
" is quite distinct from that of vulgare. It consists of the same two ele-
ments, but the zip is repeated many times very rapidly so as to make
almost a continuous sound and the z-e-e-ee is comparatively short and very
constant, lasting about eight seconds. The first part of the song lasts
from three to five seconds."

bb. Face with a dark reddish-brown stripe down the center.

g. Stripe broadly expanded on the lower half of face. Size
medium.

27. Oechelimum coxcixxum, Scudder.

Orchelimum concinnum, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Xat. Hist., VIL, L862, 452.
Riley, Stand. Xat. Hist., II., 1884, 187.
Comstock, Int. to Entom., I., 1888, 115.
Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 410. .
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 25.
Bruner, Canad. Entom., XXIII., 1891, 71.
Xiphidium concinnum, Fernald, Orth. X. Eng., 1888, 25.

Redtenbacher, Monog. der Conoceph., 1891, 188.
A species of medium size with a body less robust than that of 0. vulgare.
General color brownish-green ; the female darker. The reddish-brown
dorsal stripe of pronotum and occiput passes over the fastigium and down
the face broadening above the lab rum to cover the whole lower half of
face. The tegmina of male brownish-green, a little shorter than the
wings ; of the female darker and equal to or a little longer than the wings.
Pronotum short. Hind femora rather slender, unarmed beneath. Cerci
of male with the apex obtuse, a little compressed, the sub-basal tooth
rather slender. Ovipositor less curved than that of 0. vulgare and with a
very sharp point.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 18 mm.; of pronotum, 5.5 mm.;
of tegmina, 21 mm.; of hind femora, 16 mm. Female— Length of body,
19 mm.; of tegmina, 20 mm.; of hind femora, 17 mm.; of ovipositor, 8 mm.
A rare species in Vigo and Putnam counties, and as yet not noted in
the northern part of the state. It frequents the weedy and grassy mar-
gins of marshes and lowland ponds and reaches maturity about August
15th.

gg. Facial stripe of equal width throughout. Size small.

28. Orchelimum injdianense, Blatchley.

Orchelimum indianense, Blatchley, Canad. Entom., XXV., 1893, 90.
A slender-bodied insect, with a dark median streak down the face, and
having the posterior femora unarmed beneath. The cone of the vertex
is short, rather narrow, with a rounded apex. The tegmina, narrow, tap-
ering, a little shorter than the wings, and of a delicate, almost gauze-like
texture. Posterior femora slender, shorter than the closed tegmina.
Anal cerci of male of medium size, longer than the subgenital plate, tap-
ering to a dull point ; the basal tooth short, with a broad base and a very
sharp point. The ovipositor of female of less than average width and
length, the apical half with a gentle upward curve.

188

Color of dried specimens: Tegrnina and wings a transparent whitish,
tinged with green on the front or lower longitudinal nerves ; the cross
nervules of the latter darker. Sides of pronotum and abdomen, and all
the femora, light green ; the tibiae and tarsi of a brownish hue. Face
yellowish white, with a dark reddish brown stripe the width of the lab-
rum, starting with the mouth and passing upward to the vertex, where
it narrows to the width of that organ ; then, broadening on the occiput, it
passes back to the front border of the pronotum, where it divides into two
narrow streaks, which enclose a whitish area and extend a little beyond
the posterior transverse suture, where they taper to an end. Subgenital
plate of male yellow. Basal third of ovipositor dark brown, the re-
mainder light reddish-brown.

Measurements : Length of body, male, 17 mm.; female, 17.5 mm.; of
pronotum, male and female, 4 mm.; of tegmina, male, 21 mm.; female, 19
mm.; of hind femora, male, 14 mm.; female, 15.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 7.5
mm.

This graceful and prettily marked species was found to be quite com-
mon among the rank grasses and sedges growing about the margins of a
tamarack swamp near Kewanna, Fulton county. It was first taken on
August 26th and again on September 24th, when it appeared more plen-
tiful than before. It is the smallest and most slender of the nine species
of the genus so far known to occur in the state, and its markings are very
distinct from those of any of the others.

aa. Ovipositor straight or nearly so, the under side of apical third tap-
ering rather abruptly to a fine point ; its length 10 or more mm.
h. Posterior femora smooth beneath.

2i». Om iiei.imi m gladiator, Bruner.

Orchelimum gladiator, Bruner, Canad. Entom., XXIII. , 1891, 71.

" In its general structure this species resembles the more robust forms
like 0. glaberrimum and 0. concinnum. It differs from these however in
having shorter legs and antennae. The posterior femora are rather slen-
der ; the cone of the vertex is short and obtuse, with the extreme tip shal-
lowly sulcate ; the hind wings are little if any longer than the tegmina,
which do not quite reach the tip of the ovipositor.

" Color, pale transparent grass-green throughout, save the usual mark-
ings upon the occiput and disk of pronotum, which are dark brown, on
the latter composed of two well defined, narrow, slightly diverging lines.

139

Antenna rufous, feet and extreme tip of the ovipositor tinged with ru-
fous.

"Measurements : Female — Length of body, 18mm.; of antenna?, 35mm.;
of pronotum, 4.75 mm.; of tegniina, 19 mm.; of hind femora, 15.5 mm.; of
ovipositor, 10 mm."— Brunei".

A single female of this species was taken in Fulton county, August 26th,
1892, from the borders of the tamarack swamp previously noted. It
agrees exactly with Mr. Bruner's description, and therefore I have copied
the latter verbatim. He described the species from two females taken
from the flowers of a prairie golden rod, Solidago rigida, L., at West Point,
Neb. The male is not as yet known. The species probably occurs in
small numbers in low, damp prairies, but as, aside from the long, straight
ovipositor, it bears a somewhat general resemblance to 0. vulgare, it has
heretofore been overlooked, or confounded with that common insect.

hh. Posterior femora armed on the lower outer carina
with several small spines.

30. Orchelimum bruxeri, Blatchley.

Orchelimum bruneri, Blatchley, Canad. Entom., XXV., 1893, 92.

A species of medium size and rather slender body with the posterior
femora armed beneath, and the ovipositor very broad, nearly straight and
of more than average length.

Cone of the vertex narrow, moderately elevated, rounded at apex.
Tegmina long and narrow, a little shorter than the wings. Posterior
femora rather stout, the apex, when appressed, not quite reaching the
tip of ovipositor ; armed beneath on the apical half with three or four
small spines. Cerci of male stout, acuminate, with the internal tooth
prominent.

Ovipositor very similar to that of 0. gladiator, Bruner, being very long
and stout, nearly straight above, and with the under side of apical third
sloping rapidly to the acute apex.

Color of dried specimens. — With the exception of the ovipositor, which
is a light reddish-brown, and the usual stripe on occiput and disk of pro-
notum, the whole body is a pale, transparent brownish-green, the green
showing plainly only on the lower half of the side of pronotum and on
the meso and metapleura. The reddish-brown dorsal stripe of occiput
and pronotum is bordered laterally throughout its entire length with a
very narrow one of much darker brown. When immersed in alcohol the

140

reddish-brown stripe fades to a yellowish white, leaving the two lateral
ones as prominent dark streaks, widest on the central portion of the
frontal disk.

Measurements : Length of body, male, 18 mm.; female, 20.5 mm.; of
tegtnina, male, 21 mm.; female, 25 mm.; of pronotum, male and female,
4.75 mm.; of hind femora, male, 16 mm.; female, 17 mm.; of ovipositor,
10 mm. Described from two males and four females.

This species, the female of which is at once conspicuous by reason of
the shape and size of its ovipositor; has been taken in small numbers only
in Vigo county,* where it is found during August and September on the
leaves and stems of a tall, broaddeaved knot weed, Polygonum amphibium,
L., which grows luxuriantly in the shallow waters about the margins of
two or three large ponds in the Wabash River bottoms. Several other
"green grasshoppers," notably among which are Xiphidium altenuatum,
Scudder, and Orchelimum nigripes, Scudder, frequent this plant in immense
numbers. Keeping company with them an occasional specimen of 0.
brilneri is seen, but, being an active leaper.it often escapes amidst the
dense foliage of the knot weed before its capture can be effected. Its less
robust body and longer, armed posterior femora will readily distinguish
this species from 0. gladiator, the only other one which, to my knowledge,
has an ovipositor shaped like that of briineri. The latter is named in
honor of Prof. Lawrence Bruner, of Lincoln, Neb., one of the leading
authorities on N. A. Orthoptera.

Stexoi'ei.matix v..

The Indiana members of this subfamily comprise those insects which
are commonly called " stone" or " camel crickets," and, eo far as known,
belong to the single genus Ceuthophilus, which is characterized below.
VIII. Ceuthophilus, Scudder (1862).

Wingless Locustidae of medium or large size with a thick body and arched
back. Head large and oval, bent downwards and backwards between the
front legs. Antenna- long, slender, cylindrical and tapering to a fine point.
Lyes sub-pyriform, the narrow end downwards, placed close to the basal
joint of the antenna. Maxillary palpi long and slender ; the apical joint
longest, somewhat curved, split on the under side three-fourths of its
length, which is nearly equal to that of the two preceding taken together.
Pronotum short, not extending over the meso and meta-notum. Prostern-

-Since the above was written this insect has been found to be very plentiful about
the margin of Lost Lake, Marshall county, Ind.

141

um unarmed. Hind femora thick and heavy, turned inwards at the base,
channelled beneath, with the margins of the channels either serrate or
spined in the males, seldom armed in the females. Ovipositor well devel-
oped, nearly straight, a little upturned at the tip, the inner valves usually
strongly serrate on the under side of the apical fourth. Cerci of males
long, slender, usually very hairy.

These insects are seldom seen except by the professional collector. They
are nocturnal in their ^habits, and during the day hide beneath stones
along the margins of small woodland streams, or beneath logs and chunks
in damp woods, in which places seldom lees than two, nor more than three
or four, are found associated together. Being wingless they make no noise,
and, like most other silent creatures, are supposed to be deaf, as no trace
of an ear drum is visible.

That they are wellnigh omnivorous in their choice of food, I have de-
termined by keeping them in confinement, when (hey fed upon meat as
well as upon pieces of fruit and vegetables, seemingly preferring the latter.
The majority of the species evidently reach maturity and deposit their
eggs in the late summer or early autumn, as the full grown insects are
more common then, but have been taken as late as December 1st. The
eggs, which are supposed to be laid in the earth, usually hatch in April,
but some are hatched in autumn and the young live over winter (an anom-
aly among the Locustidse ?) as I have taken them in January and Febru-
ary, and at this writing, December 24th, have one in confinement which
has just passed the second moult.

Several of the species inhabit caves and are usually of much larger size,
with longer antenna' and smaller compound eyes than those found above
ground.

The males of these insects are quite readily separated by the size, num-
ber and relative positions of the spines on the under side of the hind
femora, as well as by the degree of curvature of the corresponding tibiae.
The females, having neither the spined posterior femora nor the curved
tibia-, are less readily distinguished by the color and the relative meas-
urements of the different organs. As the two sexes are colored alike and
are usually found in close proximity there will be little difficulty in plac-
ing the female after determining the male by the keys given below, which
mainly pertain to that sex alone.

Seven species have, up to the present, been taken by the writer in In-
diana.

142

a. Hind tibi;e of male with the basal half very distinctly undulated or
waved ; the hind femora with about 16 small sub-equal spines on
each of the lower carinse.
31. Cetjthophilus maculatus, (»Say). The Spotted Wingless Grasshopper.
" Ephippigera mactdata, Say, (Mss.) Harris Cat. Ins. Mass., 1835, 56."
Rhaphidophora mactdata, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII.,
1861, 7, 11, 14.
Id., Encyc. Amer. 1881, VIII. , 170.
halangopsh metadata, Harris, Ins. Inj. to Veg. 1862, 155, fig. 73.
Ceuthophilus maculatus, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 4:!4.
Id., Distb. Ins. of N. Hamp., 1874, 366.
Smith, Orth. of Maine, 1868, 145.
Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., 1883, 565.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 184, fig. 259.
Bruner, Bull. Washb. Col. Lab. Nat. Hist., I.,

1885,1211.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 19.
Brunner, Monog. der Stenop. und Gryll., 1888,

307.
Smith, Ins. N. Jers., 1890, 40!).
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 27.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 119.
Raphidophora lapidicola, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VII., 1861,
7. (In part.)
Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Ag. Soc, V., 1865, 444.
(Not Ceuthophilus lapidicolus, Burmeister.)
General color : Above, sooty brown with the anterior half of each seg-
ment dotted with a number of rather large, more or less confluent, pale
spots; below pale brown, unspotted. Antenna* and legs light, reddish
brown ; the hind femora barred on the outer surface with numerous short
lines of darker brown arranged in parallel rows. Anterior femora short,
a little longer than pronotum with one or two spines on the, lower,
front carina. Hind femora moderately swollen, the inferior sulcus narrow,
with each margin armed, in the male, with about 16 rather small, sub-
equal spines ; in the female, each margin bears a row of numerous minute
teeth. Hind tibise of male distinctly undulate or waved at base ; a little
longer than the femora.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 14 mm.; of pronotum, 4.5 mm.;

143

of front femora, 6 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm.; of hind tibia?, 1G mm.;
Female — Length of body, 18 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.; of front femora, 6
mm.; of hind femora, 17 mm., of ovipositor, 10 mm.

This insect has a wide range, having been recorded from New England
to the Kocky Mountains. In Indiana it is, as far as my observation goes,
much less common than some of the other species of the genus, having so
far been taken only in Putnam county where, on August 1st, I took sev-
eral specimens from beneath a log in a deep and damp ravine. It probably
occurs sparingly in like situations throughout the state.

aa. Hind tibia? of male not undulated at base ; sometimes with a single,
slight curve.
b. Hind femora but little, if any, shorter than the corresponding tibia1 ;
species living above ground.
c. Upper sides of body each with a broad, dark reddish-browrn stripe.

32. Ceuthophilxjs latens, Scudder. The Black-sided Camel Cricket.
CeuthophUus latens, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 437.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 27.

General color, light, reddish brown "with darker streaks upon the
hind femora and two broad bands of dark, reddish brown along the whole
dorsum, extending half way down the sides, dotted irregularly with brown-
ish yellow spots, most profusely on the abdomen, and separated from one
anuther by a narrow, irregular band of the same color; below yellowish
brown ; tips of the hind femora dark."

Anterior tibia? one-third longer than the pronotum, with two spines on
the outer lower carina. Middle femora bispined on each carina beneath.
Hind femora thick and stout, the inferior sulcus wide and deep, the mar-
gins unarmed in the female; in the male with three or four minute spines
on the apical third of each carina. Hind tibiae straight, a little longer
than the femora.

Measurements : Male — Length of body, 18 mm. ; of pronotum, 5 mm.;
of front femora, 6.5 mm. ; of hind femora, 14 mm. ; of hind tibife, 14.5
mm. Female — Length of body, 19 mm. ; of hind femora, 14.5 mm. ; of
hind tibia?, 15 mm. ; of ovipositor, 10 mm.

The above description applies to the species as usually found in the
State. I have, however, a pair of specimens taken in Putnam county,
which, while agreeing fully with the peculiar coloration and relative
measurements of latens, differ so markedly in size and in the spination

144

of the femora that I have more than once been inclined to think them a
distinct and undescribed species. They have the middle femora armed
beneath with 3 spines on each carina; the hind femora of male with 9
spines on the outer carina, the 4 or 5 middle ones of which are very
strong and prominent, the inner carina with 11 small and sub-equal spines.
The hind tibise with an evident downward curve at base. The hind femo-
ra of the female have 5 small spines on the outer and 11 on the inner car-
ina.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 22 mm.; of pronotum, 6.5
mm.; of front femora, 9 mm.; hind femora, 19 mm.; of hind tibise, 21
mm. Female — Length of body, 25 mm. ; of pronotum, 7 mm. ; of front
temora, 9 mm. ; of hind femora, 19.5 mm. ; of hind tibia% 20.5 mm. ; of
ovipositor, 13 mm.

If, as is most likely, these are only greatly developed forms of latens, the
spining of the femora of these insects varies greatly with the age, and,
unless one has adult specimens, it is not therefore a character of as much
specific worth as is usually attributed to it.

( '. latens is not an uncommon species in Vigo and Putnam counties. It
is most commonly found beneath flat stones near the margins of small
streams in upland, hilly localities. It reaches maturity in June or July,
probably from specimens hatched in spring, though I have taken the
young on two different occasions in February. It has been recorded here-
tofore only from Illinois and the male is herewith described f'Cr the first
time, Mr. Scudder's description having been based upon a single female.

cc. Sides of body without a dark, reddish brown stripe.

d. Hind femora of male with the inferior sulcus very deep ; the
outer carina with about 9 spines of unequal length and not
equi-distant.

33. Ceuthophilus uhleri, Scudder.

CeutJwphilus uhleri, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 435.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 184.
Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 40<>.
Ceuthopliil'i* lapidicola, Brunner, Monog. der. Stenopel. und Gryllac, 1888,
307. (Xot C. lapidicolus Burm.)
General color light reddish brown, the meso and meta-notum usually
darker. The pronotum rather thickly and irregularly mottled with paler
spots; the other segments with the pale spots for the most part in a

145

transverse row near the hind margin. The legs yellowish brown, the
hind femora with the apex a little dusky above and with three longitu-
dinal, and numerous obliquely transverse, dusky bars on the outer face.

The anterior femora but little longer than the pronotum ; the lower,
front margin armed with from one to four spines. Hind femora of the
male of average width but very stout, the lower, outer carina prominent,
the inferior sulcus rather narrow and very deep, the sides meeting at an
angle above. The spines of the outer carina are arranged in three sets, the
basal set containing 4 equi-distant graduated spines the apical one largest ;
the middle set contains but a single strong spine equal in size to the one
before it and separated from it as well as from the first one of the apical
set, by a space almost twice as great as between the members of the basal
set ; the apical set of 4 small sub-equal spines. The inner carina is
armed with about 16 small sub-equal spines. The female has the inner
carina also armed in like manner with still smaller spines. Hind tibia- of
male straight, a little longer than the femora.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 14 mm. ; of pronotum, 5.2
mm.; of front femora, 6.2 mm. ; of hind femora, 16.5 mm. ; of hindtibhi-,
17 mm.

C. Brunner, in his Monographic, has evidently described this species un-
der the name of C. lapidicola Burm. At the close of his description he
says of lapidicola : " Neither the diagnosis of Burmeister nor the descrip-
tion of Scudder are sufficiently exact to recognize the species ; for which
reason I have designated by this name any new species whatever at
hand." In another place he describes under the name C. uhleri Scudder, a
species having the spines on the outer carina of the hind femora equal
in length ; whereas Mr. Scudder, in his description of uhleri distinctly
states that they are " of unequal length, and irregularly arranged."

Specimens of the insect described above were sent to Mr. Scudder, who
pronounced my identification correct. In central Indiana uhleri is the
most common species of Ceathophilus. It is found from July to Novem-
ber beneath rails and logs in rather dry situations. The young have been
taken from similar places in December and February, but evidently the
larger number of eggs do not hatch until spring.

dd. Hind femora of male with the inferior sulcus shallow ; the spines
of the outer lower carina sub-equal in size and equi-distant
from one another.

10

146

e. The sulcus very broad ; the spines of the outer carina much
larger than those of the inner.

34. Ceuthophilus latisulcus, nov. sp.

f CeuthophUus uhleri, Brunner, Monog. der Stenopel. und Gryll., L888,
308, pi. VII., fig. 33 b.

General color, light brownish or clay yellow, irregularly mottled with
fuscous, especially on the pronotum and abdomen ; the female somewhat
darker. The anterior femora much longer than the pronotum with two
sub-equal spines near the apex of the lower front carina. The interme-
diate femora with three spines on each of the lower carina?. The hind
femora not so broad as in the preceding, the outer lower carina much less
prominent ; the upper half of the exterior face very scabrous, with small
projections. The inferior sulcus very broad and shallow, about twice the
breadth and one-half the depth of that of C. uhleri ; the sides not meet-
ing in an angle as there, but the upper surface of the sulcus flat. The
outer carina with 8 sub-equal spines borne at equal distances apart on
the apical half ; the middle two slightly the larger but much less strong
than the corresponding one of C. uhleri. The inner carina armed with
20 or more very small teeth. The hind tibise with a very slight curve
just below the base ; a little longer than the corresponding femora.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 15 mm.; of pronotum, 5.1
m.m. ; of front femora, 7 mm. ; of hind femora, 17.5 mm. ; of hind tibiae,
18.5 mm.

From C. uhleri, which it most resembles, this species may at once be
known by the longer anterior femora, the much broader and shallower
sulcus of the hind femora, as well as by the difference in size and arrange-
ment of the teeth upon the latter. The adult male is larger with longer
hind limbs than that of uhleri, though the males of both these species
are much more robust when mature than those of maculatus and lapidi-
colus which have come under my notice.

C. Brunner, in his Monographie, has described a species of Ceuthophdus
under the name of uhleri, Scudder, which may be the same insect as
latisulcus. As shown above, however, the name of uhleri belongs to the
preceding species. Brunner's measurement of his so-called uhleri, as well
as the number of spines on the femora, differ from those given above.

Latisulcus is described from two males and a female taken in Vigo coun-
ty, August 25, from beneath a log on a sandy hillside.

147

ee. The sulcus of average width and depth ; the spines of hoth cari-
na' small and sub-equal in size.

/. General color clear reddish brown, mottled with paler ; each of
the carina' of the hind femora with about 28 crowded minute
spines.

35. Ceuthophilus lapidicolus, (Burmeister.)

Phalangopsis lapidicola, Burmeister, Handb. der Entom. II., 1838, 72.'!.
Raphidophora lapidicola, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII.,

1861, 7. (In part.)
Ceuthophilus lapidicolus, Id., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 435.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 184.
Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 409.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. Sci., I., 1892, 119.
Clear reddish-brown, mottled with small pale spots, especially on the
abdomen, where the spots have a tendency to arrange themselves in lon-
gitudinal rows. The legs paler, the exterior face of the hind femora with
the usual darker bars, but not so prominent as in C. mactdatus. Anterior
femora a little longer than pronotum, unarmed beneath. Intermediate
femora also unarmed or with a single apical spine on front margin.
Hind femora of medium thickness, the inferior sulcus of average width,
rather deep ; the spines of both carime more like the fine teeth of a saw,
about 25 in number and crowded on the apical two-thirds of the segment.
Hind tibipe straight, a little shorter than the femora.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 18 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; of
front femora, 6.5 mm.; of hind femora, 18.5 mm.; of hind tibiae, 16 mm.
Female— Length of body, 18.5 mm.; of hind femora, 18 mm.; of ovipositor,
9 mm.

As Brunner has well said it is impossible to distinguish C. lapidicolus from
Burmeister's description, which was founded upon two female specimens
from South Carolina, and undoubtedly many references to it are wrong.
If any person is competent to judge as to what lapidicolus really is, that
person is Mr. Scudder, and I have determined the form described above
from specimens bearing that name kindly loaned me by him.

In Indiana, lapidicolus is not a common insect, its range probably being
more southern. Several specimens have been taken in Putnam county
from beneath logs in damp woods.

148

ff. General color dull yellowish brown, with very numerous
paler spots ; each of the carina} of the hind femora with
about seven very small and distinct teeth.

36. Ceuthophilus jsreyipes, Scudder.

Ceuthophilus brevipes, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VIL, 1862, 434.
Smith, Orth. of Maine, 1868, 145.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 19.

Dull yellowish brown, a little darker on the dorsum of the thorax where
there is a narrow median line of clay yellow. Very profusely spotted
with dirty white spots, especially on the abdomen, and near the apex of
hind femora, where they nearly form an annulation.

Front femora a little longer than the pronotum, with a single spine on
lower front carina. Hind femora short and stout; the inferior sulcus of
average width and depth; each carina armed with about seven very small
teeth. Hind tibia- straight, of the same length as the femora.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 14 mm.; of pronotum, 4.5 mm.;
of front femora, 5.5 mm.; of hind femora, 12 mm.; of hind tibire, 12 mm.

A single male from Vigo county agrees in every respect, except slight
differences in measurements, with typical examples from Mr. Scudder's
collection. Not before recorded west of New England.

bb. Hind femora distinctly shorter than the corresponding tibiae;
cave inhabiting species.

37. Ceuthophilus stylus (Scudder.)

Raphidophora slygius, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII., 1861,9.
Ceuthophilus stj/gius, Id., Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 438.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 184.
Brunner, Monog. der Stenop. und Gryll., 1888, 309.
Pale, reddish-brown, the hind border of each segment with a dark
brown band, the pronotum with a similar band on the front margin, and
an indistinct, dark median band connecting the two. Face pale with a
black dash below each eye, and a shorter median one. Antennae brown-
ish yellow, paler towards the tip, of excessive length. Front femora, in
the specimens at hand, double the leugth of the pronotum, with three
spines on the lower front carina. Middle femora shorter than the anter-
ior with both of the lower carina} armed with three or four distinct spines.
Hind femora rather slender, the lower outer carina prominent ; the infer-
ior sulcus narrow and of average depth ; both margins armed with num-

149

erous small spines, those on the outer carina double the size of those on
the inner. Hind tibife straight, much longer than the corresponding
femora.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 26 mm.; of pronotum, 6 mm.; of
front femora, 12 mm.; of antennae, 100 mm.; of hind femora, 23 mm.; of
hind tibiae, 27 mm. Female — length of body, 23 mm.; of pronotum, 5.5
mm.; of front femora, 11 mm.; of hind femora, 21 mm.; of hind tibia?, 24
mm.; of ovipositor, 14 mm.

These measurements are much greater than those given by Mr. Scud-
der, but otherwise the specimens agree with his description in every re-
spect.

Two males and one female of this large and handsome Ceuthophilus were
ta ken by Mr. W. P. Hay from a small cave in Crawford county and kindly
presented to me. It evidently inhabits only the smaller caves as Mr. Hay
saw no specimens in Wyandotte, and Mr. Scudder, in the Proc. Bost. Soc,
says of the original types taken in Kentucky: "Though careful search
was made in the larger cave, a mile or more in extent, no Raphidophonv
were found, but in the remotest corner of the small cave, a few hundred
feet only in extent, in a sort of hollow in the rock, not particularly moist,
but having only a sort of cave dampness, the stygia was found plentifully
these were also found exclusively upon the walls. Even the remotest
part of the cave is not so gloomy but that some sunlight penetrates it."
Dec ticidin.k.

In the western states this sub family is represented by several genera
and a large number of species, but east of the Mississippi River there are
but two species of a single genus belonging to it, both of which are found
in Indiana.

IX. Tiiykeoxotis, Serville (1839).

These are Locustidte of large size with the pronotum extending back
over the first joint of the abdomen, thus forming a buckler or shield for
the back. Face broad, rounded, but slightly oblique. Eyes. small, sub-
globose. Vertex with a blunt decurved projection between the antenna-
which is slightly excavated on the sides. Pronotum truncate in front,
rounded behind, flattened above, bent abruptly downwards on the sides.
Prosternum armed with two short, blunt spines. Tegmina of the females
rudimentary, wholly covered by the pronotum ; those of the males fairly
well developed, extending in our most common species 5 mm. back of the
pronotum. The shrilling organ, which is covered by the pronotum, is

150

circular, and rather large for the size of the tegmina. Wings very rudi-
mentary or wanting. Hind femora long and rather slender, extending,
in our species, beyond the abdomen in both sexes, notably so in the males.
Ovipositor as long as the body, very stout at the base, straight.

The "Shield-back Grasshoppers," so called on account of the large pro-
tective pronotum, are often quite numerous from April 1st to September
in dry upland woods and on sloping hillsides with a southern exposure,
but are seldom if ever found in damp localities.

On the first warm days of early spring the young begin to emerge and
in suitable places for a month or more are among the most common
Orthopterons seen. They are much more active during early life than in
the mature state when they crawl rather than leap. In captivity they
feed as readily upon animal as upon vegetable food, and in the natural
state probably feed upon the dead bodies of such small animals as they
can find. The earliest hatched reach maturity in Central Indiana about
the middle of July, and may then often be found resting on the leaves and
stems of low shrubs and weeds, but seldom climb over two or three feet
from the ground. The adults are far less numerous than the young, the
vast majority of the latter probably falling a prey to the many ground
frequenting sparrows and other birds, as they do not hide by day as do
the members of the preceding genus.

a. Front margin of pronotum much narrowed, but little more than half

as wide as hind margin ; the latter broadly rounded.
38. Thyreonotis pachymerus, (JBurmeister.)

Decticus pachymerus, Burmeister. Handb. der Entom., II., 1S3S, 712.
Thyreonotus pachymerus, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 153.
Comstock, Int. Ent., I., 1888, 118, fig. 106.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 26.
Smith, Ins. N. Jer., 1890, 411.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 24.
Osborne, Proc. la. Acad. ScL, 1892, ll't.
Davis, Canad. Entom., XXV., 108 (Song. of).
Color: Male— Grayish or fuscous brown; the sides of pronotum and
tegmina black, the former often shining ; a narrow, curved yellow line
above the posterior lateral angle of pronotum ; the exposed dorsal field of
tegmina light brown; the femora with numerous minute pale spots.
Female — Usually reddish-brown throughout except the yellow line on
side of pronotum which is bordered above with a dash of black.

151

The lateral carina' of pronotum are much sharper in this species than
in the next; the pronotum itself is a little longer, and appears more so
than it really is on account of the broadly rounded posterior lobe. The
latter has in the female a faint median carina which is absent in dorsalis.
The hind femora, as well as the ovipositor, are a little shorter than in that
species, and the apex of the ovipositor is more bluntly rounded from above.

Measurements : Male— Length of body, 20 mm.; of pronotum, 10 mm.;
of hind femora, 10 mm. Female— Length of body, 22 mm.; of pronotum,
0 mm.; of hind femora, IS mm.; of ovipositor 17 mm.

PacJiymerus is, in Indiana, by far the more common of the two species
known to occur. So far it has been noted only in Putnam and Vigo
counties, but undoubtedly is to be found throughout the State, frequent-
ing the localities mentioned above under the generic description. In a
pleasing account of the note and habits of the species, Mr. W. T. Davis
says as follows: "Its song much resembles that of Orchelimum vulgare,
with the preliminary zip, zip, omitted. It is a continuous z-e-e-e, with an
occasior»al short ik, caused by the insect getting its wing covers ready for
action after a period of silence. * :;: Starting with raspberries,

one kept in captivity had the rest of the fruits in their season, including
watermelon, of which he showed marked appreciation. If I offered him
a raspberry and then gradually drew it away he would follow in the di-
rection of the departing fruit, and would finally eat it from my hand."

aa. Front margin of pronotum but little narrowed, about three- fourths
the width of the hind margin, the latter almost square.
39. Thyreoxotus dorsalis, (Burmeister.)

Decticw dorsalis, Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II., 1838, 713.
Thyreonotus dorsalis, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1802, 454.
Id., Distb. Ins. X. Hamp., 1874, 370.
Id., Proc. Bost. Soc. Xat. Hist., XIX., 1877, 8:1.
Id., Ent. Notes, VI., 1878, 24.
Comstock, Int. Ent., I., 1888, 118.
Fernald, Orth. X. Eng., 1888, 26.
Smith, Ins. X. Jer., 1890, 411.
Color: Female — Dull, yellowish brown; the posterior lobe of prono-
tum, dorsum of abdomen and ovipositor dark brown. A blackish spot
on the face below each eye; the sides of the pronotum with obsolete
fuscous markings. The chief structural distinctions between this insect
and PacJiymerus are given above under the latter species.

152

Measurements: Female— Length of body, 24 mm.; of pronotum, 8.5
mm.; of hind femora, 21 mm.; of ovipositor, 22 mm.

This species is represented in my collection by two females taken in
Vigo county, in August, 1891. It has not heretofore been recorded west
of the Alleghany Mountains.

The above thirty-nine species comprise all the Locustida? which, to the
present knowledge of the writer, inhabit Indiana. Others undoubtedly
occur, especially in the southern half, and throughout the prairie region
of the northwestern part, where no collecting has been done. The pres-
ent paper will, perhaps, aid in the identification of the more common
kinds of this much neglected group of insects ; but collectors throughout
the state should be on the lookout especially for the following twelve
species whose known range implies that they are probably inhabitants of
Indiana ; and when the careful and systematic biological survey of the
state, now instituted, has been completed, a number of them* will no
doubt have been added to our known insect-fauna :

1. Scudderia pistillate/,, Brunner.

Should be looked for in the northern half of the state. Ke-
sembles furcata, but has much wider tegmina. Ranged from
New Jersey to Nebraska.

2. Arhblycorypha scadderi, Brunei-.

Resembles oblongifolia, but is smaller, with comparatively shorter
hind legs, and with ajiex of ovipositor more strongly serrate.
Common in Eastern Nebraska.

3. Microcentrum retinervis, (Burmeister.)

(See under M. laurifolixm.) Should be found in Southern In-
diana.

4. ( 'yrtophyllus perspieillatus, ( Fabricius.)

Has shorter and broader tegmina, more robust legs, and musical
organ of male broader than concavus. A southern form.

5. XipMdium saltans, Scudder.

Should be found in the prairie region northwest. Resembles
strictum, but is smaller, with longer tegmina, and shorter ovi-
positor. Common in Kansas and Nebraska.

6. Orchelimum delicatum, Brunei".

A more slender and smaller insect than vulgare, with a much

153

shorter (4 mm.) pronotum, and a much longer (11.5 mm.)
and straighter ovipositor. To be looked for northward.
1 Nebraska.

7. Orchelimum mlantum, McNeill.

Described from Henry county, Illinois. Larger than vulgare,
with much longer tegmina. Posterior femora armed beneath.

8. Ceuthophilvs rnsifer, Packard.

A cave form described from Kentucky.

9. Ceuthophihts nigcr, Scudder.

Allied to latens, but wholly black with a reddish tinge. Hind
femora short and unusually slender. Described from Illinois.

10. Ceuthophilus divergens, Scudder.

Color of lapidicolm, but with five, long spines on each side of
hind tibia?, which turn outward at right angles to tibia?. Ne-
braska, Iowa.

11. Hadenacas cavernarum, Saussure.

A stone cricket, said by Prof. E. D. Cope to inhabit Wyandotte
Cave,5" but not included in the list proper, as I have seen no
specimens.

12. Undeopsylla nigra, Scudder.

A stone cricket, recorded from Iowa, Nebraska and Illinois, and
therefore to be looked for in Indiana.

Biological Laboratory, Terre Haute High School, May 10, 1893.

The Blattid/i: of Indiana By W. S. Blatchley, Terre Haute, Ind.

The members of the family Blattidse, commonly known as cockroaches,
are classed among the Orthopterahy reason of their biting mouth parts, and
direct or incomplete metamorphosis. From the other families of that
order the Blaitida may be known by their depressed, oval form; their nearly
horizontal head, which is bent under and almost concealed by the broad
prothorax ; their slender legs of equal length and size ; their five jointed
tarsi ; and by the absence of either ovipositor or forcipate appendages at the
end of the abdomen.

-Cope, in Reps. Ind. Geol. Surv., IV., 1872, 161, and X., 1878, 4i»3, mentions thi
under the name of Raphidophora subterranea, Scudder— a synonym of H. eavernat

154

The rings of the abdomen overlap each other and are capable of great
extension and depression so that these insects seem to be pre-eminently
fitted for living in the narrow crevices and cracks which they inhabit.
The legs are of peculiar structure in that they are long and more or less
flattened, thus enabling the cockroaches to run with surprising swiftness,
so that the family has been placed by some writers in a separate sub-order,
the Cursoria, or runners. The wing covers, or tegmina, are leathery, trans-
lucent, and, when well developed, overlap when at rest ; while the wings
never exceed the tegmina in length, and in some cases are rudimentary or
even wanting.

From the other Orthoptera the Blattkhe differ widely in the manner of
oviposition, as the eggs are not laid one at a time, but all at once in a pe-
culiar capsule or egg case called an ootheca. These capsules vary in
the different species as regards the size, shape, and the number of eggs
they contain, but they are all similar in structure. Each one is divided
lengthwise by a membraneous partition into two cells. Within each of
these cells is a single row of cylindrical pouches, somewhat similar in ap-
pearance to those of a cartridge belt, and within each pouch is an egg.
The female cockroach often runs about for several days with an ootheca
protruding from the abdomen, but finally drops it in a suitable place and
from it the young, in time, emerge. While this method of oviposition is
the one practiced by all the species of common occurrence in the United
States, there seem to be exceptions to it, as Dr. C. V. Riley has recently
recorded the fact* of an introduced tropical species, Panchlora viridis,
Burm., being viviparous, the young emerging alive from the body of the
parent, and a careful dissection of the latter showing no trace of either
eggs or ootheca.

All young cockroaches resemble the parents in form but are wholly wing-
less, the wings not appearing until after the fifth or last moult. The young
are often mistaken for mature individuals by persons who have not made
a careful study of the life history of the insects ; and those of one or two
well known and common forms, have, in the past, even been described or
figured as distinct, wingless species by some of the leading entomologists
of the country.

To the paleontologist, interested in tracing back the ancestry of insects,
the Blattidse become at once a group of surpassing interest, for the oldest
known insect, Pahroblatiina douviUei, Brong., is a cockroach recently de-
* Insect Life, III., August, 1891, 443.

155

scribed from the Middle Silurian of France.* Between seventy and eighty
fossil species of the family are known, principally from the Mesozoic
formations, but some from all above the Middle Silurian. Mr. S. H. Scud-
der, of Cambridge, Mass., an eminent authority on insect paleontology,
says of the cockroach : " Of no other type of insects can it be said that
it occurs at every horizon where insects have been found in any numbers ;
in no group whatever can the changes wrought by time be so carefully
and completely studied as here ; none other has furnished more import-
ant evidence concerning the phylogeny of insects."

Although abundantly represented in individuals, the Dumber of species
of Blattidse inhabiting the Eastern United States is comparatively few, but
twelve or thirteen having been recorded. Of these, seven, representing five
different genera, are known by the writer to occur in Indiana. Of the seven,
five are indigenous or native species, the other two having been introduced
from the Old World.

In the present paper is given a synopsis of the genera occurring in the
state, together with the accessible synonymy and a brief popular descrip-
tion of each of the species. Such notes as have come to hand during
several years of observation, concerning the life history, distribution, and
habits of each species, are also added.

A Synopsis of the Genera of Blattid.e Occurring in Indiana.
a. Sub-anal stylets present in the males.
b. Last abdominal sternite of the female divided; length of body more
than 22 mm.
o. Supra anal plate either truncate or pointed, and notched

or cleft at the end I. Periplaneta.

cc. Supra-anal plate rounded, entire at the end . .11. Ischnoptera.
lib. Last abdominal sternite of the female entire ; length of body less

than 15 mm III. Temnopteryx.

aa. Sub-anal stylets absent in the males ; last abdominal ster-
nite of the female entire.

d. Body broad, the greatest breadth more than one-half
the length ; tegmina not reaching the tip of abdo-
men IV. ECTOBIA.

dd. Body narrow, the greatest breadth about one third
the length ; tegmina reaching to or beyond the
tip of the abdomen V. Piiyi.lodromia.

-Scuclder. Bulletin r. 8. Geog. Survey, No. 31, page 103.

156

I. Peri pl ax eta, Burmeister (1838.)
In this genus the sub- anal stylets of the male are well developed ; the
last abdominal sternite of the female is divided ; the supra-anal plate is
either truncate, or pointed and notched at the end, and extends farther
back than the sub-genital plate ; while the abdomen is wider than the front
part of the body. All the femora are armed beneath, on each of the car-
ina, with a single row of slender, curved spines, while the tibite bear a
double row of much longer ones on each of tbeir margins. Two of the
largest species occurring in the state belong in this genus.
1. Perii'laneta okientai.is, ( L. ) The Oriental Cockroach. The " Black
Beetle."
Periplaneta orientalis, Burmeister, Handbuch der Entom.,IL, 183s, 504.
Eiley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 172, fig. 248.
Id., Insect Life, II., March, 1890, 2H7.
Comstock, Intr. to Ent., I., 1888, 93.
Fernald, Orth. of N. Eng., 1888. 52, fig. 21. m.
Hyatt & Arms, Insecta, 1890, 102, pl. 4, rigs. 54, 55.
Kakerlac orientalis, Serville, Hist. Nat. des Orthopteres, 1839, 72.
Blatta orientalis, Harrfs, Ins. Inj. Veg., 18112, 145, fig. 66. m.

Rathvon, U. S. Ag. Rep., 1862, 374, figs. 4, 5.
Styhpyga orientalis, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 416.
(Hover, U. S. Ag. Rep., 1874, 132, fig. 4.
Female with rudimentary tegmina which do not exceed 5 mm. in length.
Male with the tegmina and wings well developed, the former covering
three- fourths of the abdomen, the latter almost as long. General color,
dark, mahogany brown, the limbs lighter, thepronotum without a yellow
margin. The supra-anal plate of the male is truncate ; that of the female
is rounded with a shallow notch at the end.

Measurements: Male — Length of body, 22.5 mm.; of tegmina, 14 mm.; of
pronotum, 6 mm.; width of pronotum, 8 mm. Female — Length of body,
27.5 mm.; greatest width of body, 13 mm.

The eggs of the Oriental cockroach are sixteen in number, and the
large horny capsule or ootheca in which they are packed is carried about
by the mother for a week or longer when she drops it in a warm and
sheltered place. Along one side of the capsule, which resembles in form
and color a diminutive seed of the pawpaw, Asimina triloba, Duval, is a
seam where the two edges are cemented closely together. When the
young are hatched they excrete a liquid which dissolves the cement and

157

enables them to escape without assistance, leaving their infantile recep-
tacle as entire as it was before they quitted it.

The Oriental cockroach, as its name indicates, is a native of Asia, but
has been carried from one country to another by shipping. It delights in
filth and darkness, and hence in the holds of vessels, the cellars and base-
ments of tenement houses, and in all damp, dirty places it swarms hy
thousands, undoubtedly doing much good as a scavenger, but infinitely
more harm on account of its omnivorous and insatiable appetite. Like most
other members of the family it feeds mainly at night, appearing to detest
and avoid the light, as one can readily prove by taking a lighted lamp
suddenly into its haunts, when a hurried scrambling will take place to-
wards its daylight retreats, and but a few moments will elapse before the
last of the busy marauders will have disappeared.

This is probably the most carnivorous of all our Blattidto, though, like
most others, it is fond of starchy food. It is known to feed upon meat,
cheese, woolen clothes, and even old leather, and is said to be especially
fond of the festive " bed bug," Acanthia lectularia L., which soon disap-
pears from a house infested with the Oriental roach.

In Indiana this species is found in all the larger towns and cities, and
is one of the most noisome and disagreeable insects with which certain
classes of their inhabitants have to contend.* It seldom occurs in houses
in thinly settled localities, and never, as far as my observation goes, be-
neath the bark of logs and stumps.

2. Periplaxeta americaxa, (L.) The American Cockroach.

Periplaneta americana, Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II., 1838, 503.
Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 410.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 1884, 172.
Id., Insect Life, I., 1888, 68; II., 1890, 266.
Fernald. Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 51.
Kakerlac americana, Serville, Hist. Nat. des Orthop, 1839, 68.
Blatta americana, Rathvon, T7. S. Ag. Rep., 1862, 375: (In part.)

Packard, Third Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., 1883, 309, pis.

XXV.— XXXV.

From the Oriental roach this species may be readily known by its larger

size and its longer tegmina and wings, which, in both sexes, reach beyond

the tip of the abdomen. Thy supra-anal plate is more pointed and the

::For remedies see remarks under Phyllodromia gcrmanica or " Croton bug.

158

notch at the end is narrower and much deeper. The general color is also
lighter, being a reddish instead of a mahogany brown, while the prono-
tutn is broadly margined on the sides, and narrowly in front, with yellow
which encloses a large bi-lobed brown spot.®

Measurements: Male— Length of body 27 mm.; to tip' of wings, 45
mm. ; of tegmina, 27.5 mm. Female — Length of body, 30 mm. ; greatest
width of body, 14 mm.

The American cockroach is, as its specific name indicates, a native of
this country ; but like P. orientals, it has spread to the four corners of the
earth. It is by far the largest species found in the State, but seems to be
of rather limited distribution as I know of its occurrence in but two
counties, Putnam and Marion. It occurs in numbers in some of the lead-
ing hotels of Indianapolis, but usually confines itself to the basement
and first floor, and appears to be much more cleanly in its choice of an
abiding place than does the closely allied Oriental roach.
II. Ischnoptbba, Burmeister (1838.)
Males, with the sub-anal stylets present but minute, and often bent
abruptly downward ; last abdominal sterniteof the female divided ; supra-
anal plate in both sexes rounded, not notched at the end nor extending
as far backwards as the sub-genital. Body narrower and more elongate
than in Periplaneta, the abdomen not wider than the thorax ; in the males,
tapering gradually to a rounded point. Legs spined as in Periplaneta but
the spines not so long and strong as there. Two species occur in Indiana.
3. Is, hnoi'tera pennsylvanica, (DeGeer.) The Pennsylvania Cockroach.
Platamodes pennsylvamca, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII. , 1862, 417.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 18S4, 172.
Comstock, Intro. Ent., I., 1888, 93.
Blatta pennsylvanica, Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agl. Soc, V., 1865, 440.
Ischnoptera pennsylvanica, Packard, Guide, Stud. Ins., 1883, 576.

McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 78.
Ectobia Uthophila, Scudder, Bo3t. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 418.— (ju-

venile.)

Blatta americana, Rathvon, U. S. Ag. Rep., 1862, 375. (Note and fig. 5 a.)

Tegmina, long and narrow, extending, in both sexes, much beyond the

tip of abdomen. Wings as long as tegmina. Disk of pronotum dark

brown, margined on sides, and sometimes narrowly in front, with pale

* In this respect it is quite similar to Ischnoptera peiinsijlniuicn DeGeer, from which it
may be readily distinguished by its much hroader body and tissured supra-anal plate.

159

yellow. Tegmina reddish brown, with the outer basal third rather broad-
ly margined with transparent whitish. Antenna? dusky, reaching back
but little beyond the tip of tegmina. Measurements : Male — Length of
body, 21 mm. ; to tip of tegmina, 27 mm. ; of tegmina, 22 mm. ; of anten-
n: 1 1, 28 mm.; of pronotum, 5 mm.; width of pronotum, 6 mm. Female —
Very nearly the same, the body being a little wider.

This is a native species and is the most common cockroach in the State,
being found everywhere beneath the loose bark of logs and old stumps.
It is usually seen in the wingless stages, the mature individuals being
common only from May to October. The half grown young, described by
Scudder, as Ectobia litkophila, are of a shining, dark brown color, the dor-
sal surface of thoracic segments often lighter. As mature specimens are
attracted by light, country houses are often badly infested with them ;
and where food is scarce, the wall paper is sometimes much injured for
the sake of the paste beneath. What the hordes of young which dwell
under the bark of logs live upon is a question as yet unsettled, but the
larva' of other insects undoubtedly form a portion of their food, as in two
instances I have found them feeding upon the dead grubs of a Tenebrio.'
beetle ; while living, as well as decaying vegetable matter probably forms
the other portion. The mating of the imagoes mostly occurs in late
summer and early autumn, the newly hatched young being most abund-
ant from mid September until December. The young in various stages of
growth survive the winter in the places mentioned, they being the most
common insects noted in the woods at that season. Cold has seemingly
but little effect upon them, as they scramble away almost as hurriedly
when their protective shelter of bark is removed on a day in mid Janu-
ary with the mercury at zero, as they do in June when it registers a hun-
dred in the shade.

The empty oothecse of this species are very common objects beneath
the loose bark of logs and especially beneath the long flakes of the shell
bark hickory. They are chestnut brown in color, from 7.5 to 10 mm. in
length by 4 mm. in breadth, and are much less flattened than those of
Phyllodromia germanica, or "Croton bug," described below ; while the dor-
sal or entire edge is slightly curved or bent inwards, after the fashion of
a small bean. The young, after hatching, evidently escape in the same
manner, as do those of the Oriental cockroach, as no break is visible in
the empty capsule.

160

4. Isc'hnoptera 'Cxicolor, (Scudder.)

Platamodes unicolor, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 417.

Fernald, Orth. New Eng., 1888, 53.
Isclmoptera unicolor, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX., 1877, 92.
McNeill, Psyche, VI., 1891, 78.

A much smaller species than the preceding but, like it, having both
wings and wing covers exceeding the abdomen. General color a pale
shining reddish brown. Head and posterior margin of pronotum darker
as is also the apical third of the abdomen beneath. Antenme slender,
tapering, reaching backwards to the end of the wing covers. Length of
body, 12 mm. ; to tip of tegmina 19 mm.; of tegmina 16 mm. ; of prono-
tum, 3 mm.

A single male of this species was taken from beneath an electric light
in Terre Haute, Indiana, on the evening of June 12, 1892. On May 28,
1893, a number of others were secured in low ground from beneath the
bark of a red oak stump. They had evidently just reached maturity and
were in company with the imagoes and young of I. pennsylranica. On
being exposed to view a number of them flew about 50 feet to a clump of
May apple stems, down which they ran and endeavored to hide beneath
some dead leaves. Nothing farther of its habits is known by the writer
but they are presumably the same as those of I. pennsyJvanica. It has
been noted at no other point in Indiana and heretofore has been recorded
only from the New England States, Illinois, and Iowa.
III. Temxopteryx, Brunner (1865).

The males of this genus have the sub-anal stylets present, but minute ;
the last abdominal sternite of the female is broadly rounded and entire ;
supra-anal plate of both sexes with the apex rounded, entire, equal in
length to the sub-genital. Pronotum with its lateral edges roundly de-
flexed as in Periplaneta, rather than flaring outwards as in Ischnoptera ;
much broader in the female than in the male. Body of male rather slen-
der; that of female stouter with the abdomen broader than the thorax.

5. Temxopteryx deropeltiformis, Brunner.

Temnopteryx deropeltiformis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires, 1865, 87.
Tegmina of females rudimentary covering only about one-third of
abdomen ; those of the males fully developed, surpassing the abdomen by
5 mm. Color a uniform dark mahogany brown except the tibia? and tarsi
of all the legs which are a light reddish brown, the contrast between the
two colors in living specimens being very striking.

161

Measurements: Male— Length of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 15.5 mm.;
of pronotum, 3.5 mm.; width of pronotum, 4.5 mm. Female — Length of
body, 13 mm.; of tegmina, 4 mm.; of pronotum, 4.5 mm.; width of pro-
notum, 6 mm.

In Indiana this handsome cockroach has been noted only in Vigo county,
and there in but one locality, the border of a marsh in a low, sandy woods
three miles east of Terre Haute.

A single pair were taken on May 28th, and on June 18th probably a
dozen specimens were secured. They were hiding beneath small logs and
sticks, and the males when deprived of their shelter flew actively away
while the females could but crawl, and that rather sluggishly for a Blattid,
towards a new hiding place.

Brunner {he. tit.) recorded it from "Amerique du Nord," and I can rind
no other note of its occurrence in the United States.
IV. Ectobia, Westwood (1839).

Sub-anal stylets of males wanting ; last abdominal sternite of females
entire. Supra-anal plates rounded, entire, somewhat carinated above.
Abdomen much broader than front portion of body, its greatest breadth
contained less than twice in its total length. Tegmina, in both sexes, not
reaching tip of abdomen.
6. Ectobia flavocincta, Scudder. The Short-winged Cockroach.

Ectobia flavo-tincta, Scudder, Boat. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII., 1882, 418.

Comstock, Intr. to Ent., I., 1888, 93.
Blatta? flavo-tincta, Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., 1888, 51.

This is a short, broad-bodied, native species, in which the tegmina
cover only about two-thirds of the abdomen, while the wings are much
shorter. The disk of pronotum and dorsal surface of abdomen are dark
brown, the tegmina reddish brown. A rather broad yellowish stripe ex-
tends from the head along the deflexed lateral border of pronotum and
the basal third of tegmina. The sides of the lower half of the face are
white, and all the limbs are pale yellow. Antenna' dark brown, a
little longer than the body.

Measurements : Length of body, 16 mm. ; of tegmina, 9 mm. ; of wings,
6.5 mm. ; of antenna1, IS mm. ; of pronotum, 5 mm. ; width of pronotum,
6.5 mm. ; width of abdomen, 9.5 mm.

Mature individuals of this species are not uncommon beneath bark
and logs from June to October. Specimens of such are in my collection
from Marshall, Putnam, and Vigo counties. I have not, as yet, been able
11

162

to distinguish the young from those of Isdmoptera pennsylvanica, found in
the same localities. A single female with ootheca protruding was taken
on September 3, 1892. The ootheca is dark brown and smaller than that
of any other species known to me, measuring only 5x4 mm.

Flavo-cincia is a species of northern range, having hitherto been re-
corded only from New England and the Lake Superior region.
V. Pjiyllodromia, Serville (1839).
Sub-anal stylets and last abdominal sternites, as in Eclobia. Supra-anal
plate truncate in the males, suddenly pointed and slightly notched in the
fetnales. Body narrow, the greatest breadth contained from two and one-
half to three times in the total length. The abdomen not broader than the
thorax in either sex, the sides almost parallel in the females ; in the
male tapering sensibly from the base. The tegmina as long as, or longer
than, the abdomen.

7. Phyllodromia germakica, (L.) The Croton Bug. The Water Bug.
The German Cockroach.
BkUta germanica, Burmeister. Handbuch der Eut., II., 1838, 497.
Comstock, Int. Ent., I., iss.s, it:;, jig. 87.
Fernald, Orth. N. Eng., Ib88, 50, lig. 20.
Ectobia germanica, Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., 1862, 418.
Glover, U. S. Agl. Rep., 1874, 132, fig. 3.
Riley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II., 171, fig. 247.
Id. Insect Life, I., 1888, 68, 191.
Blatta ( Phyllodromia) germanica, Serville, Hist. Nat. des Ortho., 1839, 107.
Phylhdromia germanica, Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., 1883, 576, rig. 569.
Riley, Insect Life, II., 1890, 266, fig. 57 (All
stages.)
Ischnoptera bivittata, Thomas, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., I., 1876,
25ii, pi. NNNVI, figs. J, 2.
This is the smallest of the seven species of Blattida? which are known to
occur in the State. The general color is a light brownish yellow, the
females often darker ; all the limbs much lighter than the body ; the pro-
notum with two dark brown, longitudinal bands enclosing a yellowish
stripe. .The tegmina and wings of the male extend to the end of abdomen,
those of the female are a little longer. Antenna? dark brown, exceeding
slightly the tips of the closed tegmina. The body of the male is longer
and narrower than that of the female.
Measurements: Male— Length of body, 13 mm.; of tegmina, 10 mm.;

163

width of body, 4 mm. Female— Length of body, 10 mm. ; of tegmina,
11 mm. ; of antenna?, 13 mm.

The ootheca of the Croton bug is very light brown, a little over twice
as long as broad, 7.5x3.5 mm., with the sides somewhat flattened and the
edges parallel. Within it the eggs, thirty-six in number, are arranged in
the usual two rows. It is carried about by the mother roach for several
days with from half to three-fourths of its length protruding from the
abdomen, and when dropped in a favorable place the young, evidently
very soon, emerge from it ; for in a bottle in which a female with pro-
tuding ootheca waw placed at eleven o'clock P. M. the young were found
to have emerged on the following morning at eight. They were then
wholly white, except the lateral edges of the abdomen, where a blackish
tinge was evident. By five o'clock in the afternoon of the same day, hav-
ing meanwhile eaten their fill of moistened wheaten bread, they had •
become too large for their skins, and had moulted for the first time.
They then measured 3 mm. in length, and the head,pronotum, abdomen,
and apical half of antenna? were black, while the other two thoracic rings
and the basal half of antenna? were a grayish white. The half-grown
young are very dark brown, with the first four or five segments bordered
with yellow, and with traces of a lighter median stripe.

The " Croton bug," so called because it made its appearance in Ifew York
City in numbers about the time the Croton Aqueduct was completed, is
a native of Central Europe, but like the Oriental roach, has become cos-
mopolitan.

It seldom if ever occurs in numbers in the country, but is one of the
worst insect pests with which the inhabitants of the larger cities of the
United States have to deal. It is the most fecund of all the roaches, and
the seasons of mating and hatching of the young are, perhaps, more ir-
regular than in any other species. Adult forms are evidently to be
found at all seasons of the year, as I have taken them in December, April
and October. It is not so much a lover of filthy surroundings as is the
Oriental roach, and hence frequents more often than that species the
dwellings of the better class of people. It delights in warm, moist places,
and is especially abundant and destructive in buildings which are heated
by Fteam.

As an evidence of its abundance under favorable conditions, Iwill men-
tion that a single person captured for me over thirty adult specimens and
fully .half that number of young, in less than ten minutes in the kitchen

164

of the leading hotel of the city of Terre Haute. Where it once obtains a-
foothold and the surroundings of temperature and food supply are favor-
able it is almost impossible to eradicate, as its small flattened form en-
ables it to hide and breed in cracks and crevices which none of the other
roaches can enter.

Like many other omnivorous animals, Croton bugs find in wheaten
flour a food substance which is rich in nutrition and easily digested, and
so they prefer wheat breads and starchy materials to all other foods. ( >n
account of this liking they often do much harm to cloth-bound books
by gnawing their covers in search of the paste beneath. They also seem
to have a peculiar liking for paints of various kinds, and in the office of
the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, at Washington, have done much
damage by eating off the blue and red paints from the drawings of im-
portant maps.* Townend Glover, in the U. S. Ag. Rep. for 1874, states
that in his office "They made a raid on a box of water colors where
they devoured the cakes of paint, vermilion, cobalt and umber alike ;
and the only vestiges left were the excrements in the form of small
pellets of various colors in the bottom of the box."

In giving a remedy for this, and other species of Blattidse which fre-
quent houses, I cannot do better than quote from Dr. Riley's excellent
article in " Insect Life." He says: "Without condemning other useful
measures or remedies like borax, I would repeat that in the free and pt- r-
sistent use of California Buhach, or some other fresh and reliable brand
of Pyrethrum or Persian Insect Powder, we have the most satisfactory
means of dealing with these roaches.

" Just before nightfall go into the infested rooms and puff into all
crevices, under base-boards, into the drawers and cracks of old furniture
— in fact wherever there is a crack— and in the morning the floor will be
covered with dead and dying or demoralized and paralyzed roaches, which
may easily be swept up or otherwise collected and burned.

" With cleanliness, and persistency in these methods, the pest may be sub-
stantially driven out of a house, and should never be allowed to get full
possession by immigrants from without."

For no other insects have so many quack remedies been urged and are

Riley, "Insect Life.

165

so many newspaper remedies published. Many of them have their good
points, but the majority are worthless. In fact, rather than put faith in
half of those which have been published, it were better to rely on the
recipe which T. A. Janvier gives (in his charming article on "Mexican
Superstitions and Folklore," published in a recent number of Scribner's
Magazine) as current among the Mexicans :

" To Get Rid of Cockroaches. — Catch three and put them in a bottle, and
so carry them to where two roads cross. Here hold the bottle upside
down, and as they fall out repeat aloud three credos. Then all the cock-
roaches in the house from which those three came will go away."

A NOTE OX LOX1A curvirostra. By W. S. Blatchley,

On a simple air thermometer for use in determining iiigii temperatures.
By W. A. Noyes.

[Abstract, j
The thermometer consists of a bulb of hard glass having a capacity of
about 20 cc. and connected with a gas measuring tube by means of a long
capillary tube. This tube is protected by means of a double walled iron
tube cooled by a stream of running water. The capacity of the bulb
having been determined, the amount of air expelled from it when it is
introduced into the furnace furnishes the data necessary for calculating,
approximately, the temperature. The apparatus was used successfully at
650° C. but for higher temperatures a porcelain bulb would be required.

The electrical oxidation of glycerin. By W. E. Stone and H. N.
McCoy.

[Abstract. |
The oxidation products of glycerine vary according to the means em-
ployed. We have made use of the electric current acting upon dilute
solutions of glycerine in the hopes of obtaining glyceric aldehyde. The
conditions of dilution, strength of current, temperature and conducting
mediums have been varied.

166

The oxidation is less destructive in neutral or alkaline solutions.

A current of .2 to .5 ampere causes a rise in temperature and the appear-
ance of a yellow color if the solution be alkaline.

Acids and sometimes acroleine are formed.

The oxidized solutions reduce Fehling's solution strongly in the cold
and give the fuchsin-sulfurous acid reaction for aldehydes.

To a solution which gave strong reactions for glyceric aldehyde was
added enough caustic soda to make a 2 per cent, solution in order to induce
polymerisation. After standing some days, a pherylhydrazin compound
was obtained, which melted at 200°. This indicated the production of
glyceric aldehyde and its polymerisation to glucose.

The product of a second oxidation was polymersed and underwent
alcoholic fermentation with yeast.

The electric current, therefore, produces some glyceric aldehyde from
glycerine, although the amount is small.

< >N SULPHON-PTHALEINS. By WALTER JoXES

Modification of Grandeau's method of determination of iiumi s in soils,
By H. A. Huston and W. F. M( Bride.
The paper discusses the numerous methods proposed and used for de-
termining the total carbon in the soil and for determining the organic
matter and shows that none of these methods are entitled to consideration
excepting the process of Grandeau. This method, which consists essenti-
ally of removing the bases combined with the humic acid by means of
hydrochloric acid, subsequent washing with water and extracting on a
filter with ammonia water, is compared with a modification of the method
in which the preliminary washing with acid and water is the same b ut,
instead of leaching the soil upon the filter with ammonia water, the soil
is transferred to a 500 cc. cylinder, treated with 500 cc. of 4 % ammonia,
allowed to remain in contact with the ammonia for thirty-six hours, with
frequent shaking. During the earlier part of the digestion the cylinder
is left upon its side, thus exposing a large amount of surface to the solvent ;
during the last twelve hours of the digestion the cylinder is placed upright,

Ki7

thus allowing the soil to settle before an aliquot part is removed for the
determination of the humus.

The aliquot part is evaporated to dryness, dried at 100° C, weighed, ig-
nited, weighed again and the loss reckoned as humus. The following
points were under discussion :

1st. Comparison of Grandeau's method with this modified method.

I'd. Influence of varying the strength of the ammonia used.

3d. Influence of varying the time of digestion.

4th. Is it possible to complete the extraction by Grandeau's method in
a reasonable time.

5th. Comparison of differences in duplicates by each method.

6th. Are the amounts of phosphoric acid, potash, etc., found in the
ash necessarily associated with the humus, as claimed, or are they to be
ascribed to the solvent action of the ammonia and to changes due to the
absorptive property of the soils.

Xumerous determinations are given upon seven different soils, showing
that the modified method gives much higher results than the ordinary
process of Grandeau.

Second, In the Grandeau method marked irregularities follow the
changes in strength of the ammonia solution. These differences in results
bear no relation to the strength of the solution used ; they seem to be
errors due to the difficulty of securing a complete washing of the soil by
the ammonia solution. In the modified method the changes in the
strength of the ammonia solution make practically no difference in the
amount of the humus extracted, excepting in the case of the peat soil,
where 2% ammonia failed to extract all the humus. The results show no
considerable increase where the strength is increased above 4 % . The am-
monia solutions contained 2, 4, 7.3 and 8% of ammonia.

Third, The increase of time has not been fully investigated but the
results so far obtained indicate that the time exerts less influence in the
modified than in the Grandeau method.

Fourth, .With peat, when the Grandeau method is used, considerable
material is passing into solution at the end of ten days ; with ordinary
soils this is not the case, but in the case of the black soil (not peat) the
extraction was not complete in a week. Oh the peat soil the modified
method extracted from f0 to 50 % more than the Grandeau and on ordi-
nary soil from two to three times as much humus.

Fifth, In comparing a large number of duplicates the modified method

168

was found to give much more concordant results upon soils high in humus,
and upon those low in humus there was a slight improvement over the
Grandeau method.

Sixth, The authors see no reason for assuming that the phosphoric-
acid extracted by the ammonia is in any way associated with the humus,
for Mr. Huston has already shown that the phosphoric acid is readily
dissolved by ammonia from phosphate of alumina and iron. It is gener-
ally considered that there are bases with which the available phosphoric
acid in the soil is combined. In the same way we may account for the
presence of potash and lime in solution by the ordinary laws which govern
the absorption of bases by zeolitic minerals in the soil.

AVhile humates also take part in soil absorption, it is not necessary or
even altogether reasonable to consider all the bases removed by ammonia
were associated with the humus. In fact, the theory of the process is that
the bases associated with the humus had already been removed by means
of the hydrochloric acid used in the preliminary washing of the soil.

The paper is in the nature of a preliminary report and the work is still
in progress. A complete report of the work will be published later.

Tim: extraction of wi.an from straw in the manufacture of I'APER.
By W. E. Stone and W. EI. Test.

Abstract.]

The extraction of substances from straw which on inversion, yield a
pentose sugar, has been established. In the process of making straw
paper the straw is boiled with a strong solution of quick lime. This
liquor, when acidulated and treated with an excess of alcohol throws
down a precipitate of pentosans. It seemed, therefore, a good material
for the preparation of xylose.

The liquor is yellowish brown in color and alkaline. Specific gravity.
1.215; alkaline equivalent, 2 to 2.5 per cent, calcium oxide. Total resi-
due on evaporation, 3.95 per cent., of which 30.77 per cent, was min-
eral and 60.23 per cent, organic in nature. Thirty-two liters of the
liquor yielded on precipitation with alcohol, 300 grams of xylan. This,
on distillation with hydrochloric acid, yielded 45.5 to 47.1 per cent,
furfurol. This could not be inverted by methods similar to those prac-
ticed by Wohi on inuline. The ordinary method of boiling with 2 per cent.

L69

sulfuric acid was resorted to. Thirty-five grams of crystallized sugar were
obtained, which were identified as xylose.

The multirotation of xylose, as observed by Tollens, was confirmed. The
initial rotation, five minutes after solution, was 71.65°, which became con-
stant at lS.40a after ten hours.

On the determination of chlorine in natural waters. By W. A. Noyes.
( Abstract.]
American waters, apparently, contain much smaller amounts of chlorine
than most natural waters in England. The methods of direct titration
with silver nitrate and potassium chromate as advised by "Wauklyn and
Frankland give too high results, and sometimes two or three times as
much chlorine as is actually present, in the case of waters low in chlorine.
When 250 cc. of the water were concentrated to about 25 cc. and filtered,
the titration with T})5 normal silver nitrate, using potassium chromate as
an indicator, gave results agreeing with the gravimetric determination
within TV part per million in the case of a water containing but four parts
per million of chlorine.

tniofurfurol and its condensation products. by w. e. stone and
Clinton Dickson.

[Abstract.]
Thiofurfurol is made by the action of hydrogen sulphide on an alcoholic
solution of furf uramid. It is characterized by its disagreeable odor. It is a
white powder, melting at 117° and containing about 29 per cent, of sulphur,
corresponding to the formula C3 H4 OS. On heating strongly vapors are
given off which, on condensation, leave beautiful fibrous crystals, which
are not easily acted upon, probably a condensation product. If the thio-
furfurol be heated with an excess of fine copper at a temperature below
the boiling point of water decomposition takes place. On extracting the
mass with ether and evaporating, there remains a tarry mass which yields
compact crystals which melt at 149°, contain no sulphur and are probably
also a condensation product. The subject will be investigated further.

Determination of valences. By P. S. Baker. Published in DePauw Bul-
letin.

GENERAL INDEX.

INDEX.

ACANTHIA LECTULARIA, 157.
Acoloides howardsi, 91.

saitidis, 90.
Acridium americauum, 85.
Agraulis vanillic, 85.
Agrilus fulgens, 89.

Air thermometer for high temperatures, 165.
Amblycorypha, 98, 104, 106, 107.

oblongifolia, 104.

rotundifolia, 105.

scudderi, 152.

uhleri, 106.
Analytical and <iuaternion treatments, 20.
Anaxiphus pulicarius, 118.
Anderson, Indiana, ancient earthworks

near, 51.
Aphidius obscuripes, 89.

pallidus, 89.
Aphis mali, 90.
ribes, 90.
Aphodius fossor, 84.
Archaeological map making, 55.
Argynnis diana, 85.
Arthur, J. C, 25, 46, .50.
Ateleopterus tarsalis, 91.
Auxauometer, 46.

BAKER, P. S., determination of valences,

169.
Bibliography of Loeustidte, 94.
Biological survey of Indiana, 48.
Birds of western Texas and southern New

Mexico, 61.
Blatchley, W. S., 92, 153, 165.
Blatta americana, 157.

flavocincta, 161.

germanica, 162.

orientalis, 156.

pennsylvanica, 158.
Blattidse of Indiana, 153.

Synopsis of genera of, 155.
Blissus leucopterus, 86.
Bcetomus sp., 91.

Bolley, H. L., 50.

Botanical field work in Idaho, 35.

Braconsp., 89.

agrili, 89.

diastatse, 89.

phycidis, 89.
Brannon, M. A., 35.
Bray, W. L., 48.
British Columbia glaciers, 29.
Bruchus exiguus, 91.
Butler, A. W., 50, 55, 62.
By-Laws, 8.

CACTACE.E, epidermis and spines of, 42.

Cactus, the genus, 45.

Cacus uecanthi, 91.

Campbell, J. L., President's address, 15.

Catolaceus tylodermte, 91.

Cecidomyidiw 124.

Ceuthophilus, 140.

brevipes, 148.
divergens, 153.
ensifer, 153.

lapidicolus, 142, 144, 1 IT.
latens, 143.
latisulcus, 146.
maculatus, 142, 147.
niger, 153.
stygius, 148.
uhleri, 144.
Chlorine, determination of in natural

waters, 169.
Cicada cauicularis, 117.

septendecim, 86, 87
Clinton limestone, 28.
Clisiocampa disstri, 90.
Cockroaches of Indiana, 153.
Cockroach, American, 157.
German, 162.
Oriental, 156.
Pennsylvania, 158.
Short-winged, 161.

Committees, 5.
Conocephalinre, 96, III.

Key to genera of, 112.
Conocephalus, 113.

crepitans, 118.

ensiger, 114, 117, 118.

nebrascensis, 115.

palustris, 118, 125, 129.

robustus, 116, 118.
Constitution, 7.
Coulter, J. >L, 11.
Coulter, Stanley, 41, 49, 50.
Craig, O. J.. 55.
Crambus zeellus, 90.
Crickets, camel, 92, 140.

blacksided, 143.
Crossbill, range ol" in Ohio valley, 62.
American, 62.
white winged, 69.
Croton bug, 162.
Cubberly, E. P., 27.
Cursoria, 154.

Cyinatogaster, early stages in, 58.
Cyrtophyllus, 109.

concavus, 108, 109.

perspicillatus, no, 152.

DAIHINIA, 92.
Decticidime, 96, 149.
Decticus dorsalis, 151.

pachymerus, 150.
Diastata n. sp., 89.
Diferetus americanus, 90.

brunniventris, 90.

websteri, 90.
Dickson, Clinton, see W. E. Stone.
Dimeris rufipes. 89.
Diplosis tritici, 92.
Doryphora, 10— lineata, 84.
Dynastes tityus, 86.

EARTHWORKS, ancient, near Anderson,

Ind., 30.
Ectobia, 155, 161.

flavocincta, 161.

germanica, 162.

lithophilia. 158.
Kigenmann, C. II.. 2'.', 56, 58, 81.
Electrical oxidation of glycerine, 165.
Encyrtus brunnipcnnis. 91.

•clisiocampa-, 90.

tarsalis, '.a.

websteri, 90.
Eupelmus allynii, 91.
Evermann, B. W., 29, 56, 73, 78.
Evidences of man's early existence in Indi-
ana, 49.

Explorations in Western Canada,
Extraction of xylan from straw, 168.

FESSENDEN, R. A., 25, 26.

Fisher, E. M., 45.

Forestry, exhibit of Indiana at Columbii

Exhibition, 41.
(iAEVANOMETER, construction of, 20.
Glacial erosion, Richmond, 27.
Glacial jugs, 28.

Glycerine, electrical oxidation of, 165.
Glyphina eragrostidis, 90.
Glypta sp., 91.

Golden, Katherine E., :',7. 16.
Gordius, 124.
Goss, W. F. M., 24.

Grandeau's method, modification of, 166.
Orasshoppers, cone-headed, 113.

green. 92, 112.

shield-backed, 150.

black-legged, 135.

black-sided, 125.

common meadow, 130.

lance-tailed. 128.

slender meadow, 114.

spotted wingless, 112.
Gray, Thos, 20, 26.
Grinnellia Americana, 35.

HADENCECUS CAVERNARUM, 153.
Hathaway, A. S., 20.
Iluy, <>. I'., 62, 72.
Hay, W. P., 94, 144.
Herpestomus plutelhc, 90.
Hessler, Robert, 89.
Eomoporus sp, 91.
Hubbard, J. W.,63.
Hudson river deposits, 26.
Humus in soils, 166.
Huston, II A. and W. F. McBride, 166.
Hylesinus trifolii, 84.
Hymeuopterous parasites reared in Indi-
ana, list of, 89.
Hypoderus columbfe, 92.

ICHTHYOLOGICAL FEATURES OF THE

BLACK HILLS, 73.
Indian camping sites near Hrookville, 54.
Ischnoptera, 155, 158.

bivittata, 162.

pennsylvanica, 158.

unicolor, 160.

JONES, WALTER, Sulphon-phthaleins, 16i

KAKERLAC AMERICANA, 157.

orientalis, 156.
Katydids, 92, 97.

Katydid, broad-winged, 109.
fork-tailed, 101.

larger angular-winged, 107.
narrow-winged, 102.
oblique-winged, 107.
oblong leaf-winged, 104.
round-winged, 105.
true, 109.
Uhler's. loi;.
Kindle, E. M., 72.

LABES HYPHLOCYB.E. 91.
Leersia oryzoides, 126.
Leptysma marginicollis, 118.
Lilly herbarium, 50.
Limuera flavieiucta, 90.
Locusta curvicauda, '.to.
fasciata, 119.
oblongifolia, 104.
Locustida? of Indiana, 92, 97.

bibliography of, 94.
synopsis of sub-families of, 90.
Loxia curvirostra minor, 62.

leucoptera, 69.
Loxotena clemensiana, 89.
Lysiphlebus cucurbitaphidis, 90.
eragrostaphidis, 90.
multiarticulatus, 89.
mysi, 90.
ribaphidis, 90.
tritici, 90.

McBRIDE, W. F. See H. A. Huston.
McCoy, H. X. See W. E. Stone.

MacDOUOAL, D. T., 35, 41.

Map illustrating dividing line between
insect faunas, 82.

Marchantia polymorpha, 41.

Marsters, V. P., 27, 20.

Martin, G. W., 49.

Mathematics in botany, 37.

Megaspilus niger, 90.

Members, 0.

Meraporus bruchivorus, 91.

Microcentrum, 98, 107.

affiliatum, 107.
laurifolium, 107.
retinervis, 107, 152.

Modern geographical distribution of in-
sects of Indiana, 81.

Moore, Joseph, 20, 27.

Morse, A. P., 126.

Mottier, I>. M.,41, 48.

Mount Orizaba, 29.

Murgantia histrionica, 86.

Mysus ribis, oo.

NORMAN, W. W.. 73,92.
Noyes, W. A., — .

GECANTHUS NIVIUS, 91.

Officers, 4, 6.

Orchelimum, 113, 121, 12::. 120.

bruneri, 139.

concinnum, 137.

delicatum, 152.

glaberrimum, 133.

gladiator, 138.

graeile. 120.

indianense, 137.

nigripes, 135, 140.

silvaticum, 132, 136.

volantum, 153.

vulgare, 130, 133.
Oriole, peculiar death of, 62.
Orthopelma bimaeulatum, 90.

PACHYNEURON micans, 90.
<Pauchlora viridis, 154.
Papilio ajax, 85.

cresphontes, 85.
Parasitic Hymenoptera reared in Indian:

partial list of, 80.
Paroxya atlantica, lis.
Pediastrum, notes on, 49.
Periplaneta, 155, 156.

americana, 157.
orientalis, 156.
Phalangopsis lapidicola, 147. •

maculata, 142.
Phaneroptera angustifolia, 102.

curvicauda, 99, 101, 102.
septentrionalis, 99.
Phaneropterina', or,, 97.

Key to genera of. 98.
Phycis indiginella, 89.
Phytonomus punctatus, 84,
Phyllodromia, 155, 162.

germanica, 150, 162.
Phylloptera laurifolia, 107.

oblongifolia, 104, 105.
rotundifolia, 107.
Phylloscirtes pulchellus. lis.
Platamodes pennsylvauiea, 158.

unieolor, 160.
Platygaster error, 91.
Pleas, Elwood, 55,
Plutella cruciferarum, 90.
Polygonum amphibium, 135, 140.
Potter, Theodore, 63.
Preglacial erosion near Richmond, 27.
President's address, 15.
Pseudophyllinte, 96, 100.
Ptarmigan of the Alleutian islands, 78.

Pterophylla eoneava, 109.

Purdue experimental locomotive, 24.

Pygostotus americanus, 91.

QUARTZ SUSPENSIONS, 25.

• quaternion and analytical treatments, 20.

KAPHIDOPHORA LAPIDICOLA, 142, 1-17.

maculata, 142.

stygius, 148.

subterranea, 153.
Redding, T.B., 62, 71.
Rhyssalus loxotenia, 89.
Rhyssematus, lineaticollis, 89.
Rotary blowers, 26.

SAITISPULEX, 90.
Salix cordata, 124.
Saltitoria. 92.
Scovell, J. T..29, .".0. 55.
scudderia, 98.

angustifolia, 102.

curvicauda, 99, 100, 102.

furcata , 101 , 152.

furculata, 99, 100.

pistillata, 152.
Shannon, W. P., 49.
Silvanus surinamensis, 91.
Simulium meredionale, 87.

pecuarium, 87.
-ilihonophora avena, 90.

cucurbitaphidis, 90.
Slick, E. E.,94, 117.
Snow, Benj. W., 20, 25, 26.
Soils, humus in, 166.
Solidago rigida. 139.
Somers, A.N.. 29,35,51.
South American cat fishes. 72.
Spring meeting, 13.
Stagmomantis Carolina, 86.
Stenopelmatina, 96, 140.
Stone, W. E. and Clinton Dickson, 169.
Stone, W. E. and H. X. McCoy, 165.
stone, W. E. and W. H. Test, Extraction of

xylan from straw, 168.
Stoops, H. M., 51, 55.
.-tylophyga orientalis, 156.
Sulphon-phthaleins, 166.

TEMNOPTERYX, 155, 160.

deropeltiformis, 160.
Test, F. C, 56.

Test, W. H., see W. E. Stone.
Tests of torsional strength, 20.

Tetracha virginica, 86.
Thiofurfurol, 169.
Thomas, M. B., 4S, 49.
Thyreonotus, 149.

dorsalis, 151.

pachymerus, 150.
Toxopteragraminum, 91.
Trypetagibba, 89.
Tyloderma foreolatum, 91.
Two-ocean pass, 29.

UDEOPSYLLA NIGRA, 15:!.
Uline, E. B.,42.
Ulrey, A. B., 00.
Underwood, L. M., 41, 48, 49.
United States fish commission steamer Al-
batross. 56.

VALENCES, determination of, 169.

Van der Waal's equation, 25.

Vegetable and mineral matter from a snow

storm, 29.
Vernonia fasciculata, 132.

WALKER, FRANCIS A., 51.
Webster, F. M., 81.
Wesmadia rileyi, 91.
Wilkin, John, 20.
Wright, John S., 41, 50.

XIPHIDITJM, 113, 119, 121, 123, 130.

agile, 131, 132.

attenuatum, 128, 140.

brevipenne, 121, 123.

concinnum, 137.

curtipenne, 122.

ensiferum, 123.

fasciatum, 119, 121,123.

glaberrimum, 133.

modestum, 126.

ne morale, 122.

nigropleurum, 118, 125.

saltans, 152.

scudderi, 128.

spinulosum, 136.

strictum, 127, 129, 134.

variations in species of, 119,
121, 129.

vulgare. 131.
Xylan, extraction of, from straw, 168.
Xylose, multirotation of, 109.

ZELA nigriceps, 90.

Is